NFT – NFTs Essentials Training Course 2023

1. Introduction: Hi there. My name is Emil and I'm an intern, market l, and a certified elementary English schoolteacher. In this course, we will learn how to create, buy and sell NFT is that if the space is the most revolutionary and exciting space to be in light now, for anyone who wants to make an income from selling digital out. Now, this course is for complete beginners and there is no need for any experience in LFTs, will go through the basics of NFS, starting an explanation on what is NFT, why you should sell these, the history of FTEs, what NFT scan you sell, and some basic concepts of NFT. Then we walk through setting up a MetaMask wallet, signing up for up and see funding our MetaMask wallet, buying NSAIDs, and listing our NFT for sale. We will learn about the blockchain and how to secure your NFP is we will also have an entire NFT is Creation workshop in which I will actually show you how to use free online design tools to create and FTEs. Inside the nFET is workshop. We'll go over our target for images for your LFTs, how to modify the images to make them unique. I will show you a couple of different options to do that. And I will also show you how you can add text to your images to make them even more unique. For the coastal is a project that you can complete which you can use for practice purposes and to add to your portfolio. Now, I'm also going to show you a few vital effects that will help you get more people to SEO and FTEs after you use them for sale. Because my main goal is for you to complete this course after they complete books of tours, which are necessary for a successful NFP is a business. By now. 2. Updates (Important): Ideal. I just wanted to let you know that I am going to upload content to this course, hopefully on a daily basis. The command that you can freeze in this course every single day to get the most up-to-date content. Now, if you have any questions, feel free to reach out by posting your questions in the Q&A section of this course. And I will reply as soon as possible. So that's it and enjoy the course. 3. Class project 01- Create Your Own Persona: Hi everyone. It is time for our very first class project. I guess I could have called it the homework, but homeworks just sounds too tiring and stressful to me. Let's call it the class project, which sounds much more exciting. Two miles, at least. Obviously, you can feel free to completely ignore all the class projects in this course. And this is perfectly fine. Many people learned right, without doing a single class project. If you feel that you want to solidify what we have learned for class project, then we're within this course. Personally speaking, when I complete the class projects, I feel that I have learned the material better and that they've created something which is totally unique to me. The first project is to write about ourselves and then take a picture of ourselves. We can write about ourselves inside the world file, a Google Docs file, or inside a canva.com template for example. I prefer to do it for canva.com, which is free to use for what we needed. This is a kind of template that I've created as an example. And you can feel free to download it and then edit it with your personal information. You can just pause this video and copy all the information for my screen to your document. You can go to the web address that I will provide in the results section of this course. Download this template edited within canva.com. Then download the finch template to your computer. Store it on the website itself. Once you add your personal information to your document, take a screenshot of it and then just save it on your computer, on your smartphone. Later in the course, we are going to fill the template within information and create additional templates as well. Steps for this project. Number one, like about yourself in a few sentences. Number to take a picture of yourself. Number three, at both text and picture to a document or add them to my canada tip. Number four, take a screenshot of your template. Number five said this contract on your computer or on your smartphone device. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 4. What Is An NFT: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson I want to explain what an NFT, these FFT stands for, non-fungible tokens. Non-fungible means nano replaceable, or in other words, unique. Now, in the physical world, what items do we consider unique and what items do we consider non-unique? A great way to understand that is to simply open one of the lawyers in your house. In your house dwells, you might find a few $1 bills and you might find a baseball card. Now, how this relates to unique end, non-unique items in the physical offline world, a baseball card is unique item. Why? Because different baseball cards as different values. The value of a baseball card is determined by the player on the Cloud, the counts condition and the carts reality. Those factors give different basal coats, different values. So a baseball card is unique item. Now, what is a non-unique item? A $1 bill, for example, is a non-unique item. If you have a few $1 bills in your Doyle, it will not matter which one of those you will take with you to a all foods supermarket, for example, to buy apples because all $1 bills all the same value. So the basal code and the $1 bill, I'll physical items in our physical toil in the physical world. But we also have a digital world, the Internet. Digital drawables, meaning computer folders and digital assets, aka digital files. Digital file, exactly like physical items, can also be unique and non-unique. Let's take, for example, non-unique digital file. A Bitcoin, for example, is a non-unique file. In the same way that you can buy apples at all foods with anyone of you $1 bills. You can buy apples at all foods with any one of your Bitcoins. All bitcoins have the same value. And there isn't a certain Bitcoin wolf more than another Bitcoin. So bitcoins are non-unique digital files like the $1 physical bills that we might find in our oil. But what about the baseball card that we may also find in our Doyle? What is the equivalent of a retro baseball card in the digital world? The equivalent is a real file, demo, where the file is demo itself. Now, how does a digital file becomes, will it become swell in the same way that a physical item becomes? Well, if a certain person creates a file, let's say, a digital image that many people want to have. And it is one of a kind, for example, then this file becomes will. This was exactly the case in the world's first live auction for Digital out in debt auction, digital card called homeopathy was sold for $420 thousand. So now going full circle to what NFT means. As I said, n F stands for non-fungible, meaning nano replaceable, a unique item like digital owner pepper cod, end the letter T in the world. Nft stands for token, meaning a digital certificate. When you buy a digital file, you also get a digital certificate that proves that you are the only rightful owner of that file. So we can also say that NFP stands for unique digital certificates. Now, some may think that the digital file that was sold for $320 thousand was just a rebel Cohen's. And that digital out-of-box overall can sell for much. But nothing can be further from the truth. Digital art pieces sold all the time. For example, an NBA Topshop, basically a basketball highlight of Jim slab one, sold for nearly $400 thousand. The music band Kings of Leon, as made nearly $2 million from NFT album sales. The CEO of Twitter, Jack Dorsey, is first tweet was sold as an NFT for 2.9 million dollars. There is also the Altis Grimes who has sold NFT is for a total of $6 million. Lastly, in my list of examples that digital art is people sold a single digital Outlook as an NFT for $69 million. Okay, So that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 5. What Is A Blockchain: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to explain what a blockchain is. I felt that the best way to explain what a blockchain is is by using an example. Let's say that these Google Docs spreadsheet is my bank account, a BankAccount, which I've just opened. Now let's assume that I started my first mouth or fork in a job that pays me $3 thousand every month. So when their boss pays me my first $3 thousand salary, this money goes into my bank account inside the income column. I will add few thousand dollars now to the cell inside the income colon end to the cell inside the balance column. So now both me and my bank can see that my Cohen bank balance is 3000 dollars. Okay, so let's say that I now want to buy one hundred, ten hundred dollar laptop, for example. And I don't remember if I have enough money in my bank account. In this case, I can view my account balance for an ATM machine, for example, and see that they have enough money to purchase the lepto. My bank also has access to my spreadsheet, aka my bank account, and will also view my account balance when the stone will try to charge my debit card, meaning my bank out. The bank will then see that my account balance covers the laptop costs. So it will approve the transaction and update the bank records accordingly. So like in a Google Docs online world post assault that gives multiple users the ability to view the same data on a specific spreadsheet. Both me and my bank can view the same data in my bank account. Now, due to the great financial crisis, the Internet becoming popular, and the fact that many people didn't want to rely on banks for financial transactions. And new concept as emerged, which is called blockchain. The blockchain system works in a very similar way to how the banking system works. Yet with block chain, there is no bank involved and all the transactions are recorded publicly on the Internet. With blockchain. There isn't any bank computer that stands between two parties. In our example, me and the laptops shop, and decides whether to approve or disapprove a transaction. What there is is a public record and the people from around the world, we use the blockchain system. Every blockchain use it as a digital wallet, which is similar to a bank account. When we use Bitcoin to pay for an item or a service, computers on the blockchain system monitored transaction and decide whether the transaction should be approved or not. The approval decision is based on the payload digital wallet balance, and the computers that approve and disapprove transactions belong to people while called miners, like people walk in a mine. Those miners are people like you and me get paid for using the computer's processing power to solve computational problems like validating transactions and documenting those transactions. So the blockchain is similar to a database. It is legible. The difference is that the block chain ledger is not controlled by a central authority like Google, Apple, Microsoft, or any other company. It is a network of computers that belonged to minors who constantly monitor each and every transaction that a course on the blockchain network, decide whether each transaction should be approved or not, and instantly update the block chain ledger accordingly. It is also important to note that unlike a regular database, the data inside the blockchain database can be edited or removed. Now the Bitcoin blockchain is not the only system for digital currency exchange, and Bitcoin is not the only digital coin that people use. There is also the filename block chain. And on the filename block chain, people exchange a digital coin that is called a fill and a digital asset that is called NFT at each token that represents ownership of unique digital item. Let's now change our previous example which was about the Bitcoin block chain. And using Bitcoin to buy a physical lepto form a shop own l in a physical shop to an example about the affiliate blockchain and about using EFL to buy an NFT. In this example, a digital image form and online seller on an NFT website. If I decide that I want to pay one a fail for an NFT image, then all the miners computers that are connected to the aphelion blockchain will access my account and the NFA seller account. And we'll try to validate two things. Number one, that they have enough infill in my digital wallet to pay for the NFT. And number 2 that the seller really as the NFT that I want to buy in is oil digital wallet. If both a tool, then the transaction will be approved. The seller will get the fill and I will get the n if T and a token that proves that I am the owner of that NFT. Now before we end this lesson, I will just summarizing a few words. What is a blockchain? Uh, blockchain is a shared digital ledger, a system which documents digital transactions that take place between the blockchain uses. The transactions are validated by minus, minus of people from around the world who get compensated for using the computer's processing power for validating and documenting blockchain transactions. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 6. The History Of NFT: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson we will go over the history of LFTs. They still real fan of t is, goes back to the year 2012 with digital assets called colored coins. Cannot coins are not LFTs. They are digital tokens that represent physical assets such as a boat, cow, or else on top of the Bitcoin block chain. The purpose of those digital tokens was to prove ownership of a physical asset. A colored coin was basically a Bitcoin which was colored with specific information about the physical asset. People quoted them, just use Bitcoin to transfer assets because bitcoin was about transferring none unique items. And thus, there was a need for a technology which would enable people to transfer unique items, colored coins, Evan Pantone. And the reason for that was that they'll value was determined by the participants who took part in the transaction. So if one participant as decided to change the value of a colored coin, the transaction was affected. Cannot coins didn't last. But the concept of colored coins is an important part in the story. Lfts, because it shows the capabilities of Bitcoin. Later on in the year 2014, that technology has improved with the launch of counterparty, a peer-to-peer financial platform, which was built on the Bitcoin blockchain and gave people the ability to trade names and card games. There that really put NFT on the map was 2017, a hill that gave us crypto punks, crypto Katie's, and the new concept of digital scarcity. Crypto punks and crypto kitties are two groups of cartoon characters that were developed on the filename blockchain. Crypto. Katie's gave people the option to buy braided and exchange digital kids. Now, like physical baseball counts for example, the value of a crypto Katie is determined by the rarity of its characteristics. So a crypto Katie that is most skills and thus is in higher demand, will cost more than a crypto kitty that is not scarce and in low demand. Crypto punks characters also proved the concept of digital scarcity, similar to crypto key, it is crypto punks our characters with different attributes and they are valued based on scarcity and demand. And other significant occurrence that happened in 2017 was the virtual reality world, the central end. A virtual world which also adds on the field and blockchain descending land gave players the ability to buy land with LFTs and on it inside a virtual world in 2021. And if tears need much less introduction, do too many success stories of people making huge amounts of money by selling LFTs. And the statistics that show that they are currently twice as many NFT bias then NFT cells. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 7. Why You Should Create And Sell NFTs: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to explain why you should create and sell FFTs. The first reason is to expand your product line. If you are painting, for example, they don't need me to tell you, allowed it is to survive just home setting paintings. As a painter, you can turn your paintings into an NFT. And by doing that, you have just created for yourself and additional stream of income, you are creating these additional stream of income, not by creating a brand new painting that might take you days, weeks, months, or even years to create. But by converting your existing painting into an NFT. Also, you will not sell this NFT in a dormant market, but you will be sending it in a violent goin market, which is where our world seems to be going towards. The secondary reason for creating and selling NFT is to create passive income streams. This point is really a game changer. When you sell your NFT, you can include a computer program which is called spot contract inside your NFT, which will enable you to get lifetime royalties from selling that NFT. Which means that if your buyer will decide to sell that NFT to someone else, you will get a certain loyalty form that sale, the failure isn't, is to protect your work as an artist. Nft will let you protect your walk by assigning ownership to the person was bought your NFT. When a person buys you NFT, she becomes the owner of your NFT. The next reason is the relatively easy product creation process. Creating and selling a product is very odd and time-consuming task for many people. But the time and effort that you spend on creating an NFT and selling it is relatively quick, easy, and affordable. Another reason is the no submission limits, meaning you don't have to just sell one NFT. You can create an unlimited number of FTEs and each NFT can become a new income stream for you. The next reason is that your walk is sold all ill and to all the world. You can sell you my Nephthys on multiple NFT marketplaces, which are visited by people from all around the world. 24, 7. You don't need to hire a gallery or an agent to sell your artwork. You said your outlook yourself on the various NFT marketplaces. Another reason to create and sell NFT is, is to be involved in a business which is creative and futuristic. Though many businesses that you can start, which might make you money, but are also very bowing in gray. So why not get into a business which is not only cutting edge and the way our society seems to be going towards, but it's also extremely colorful, creative, and most importantly, not bowing. And the last reason that they want to share with you in this lesson is that selling FTEs gives you the option to build a devoted community. You can create a community around your out. A fan base of people will engage with that like what you do and care for who you are as a person, a community which will wait for every NFT that you release to the market. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 8. How To Protect Your NFTs: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to explain how you can protect your LFTs. In a previous lesson, we talked about MetaMask. Metamask is a digital wallet or so-called OT storage that is connected to the Internet. And this wallet lets us store our crypto and see when we first opened our MetaMask account, we are giving a private key that we shouldn't share with anyone. The reason for that is that anyone who all the key as access to our account and thus can move the digital assets out of it too easy oil account. Now, because the MetaMask wallet is an extension that sits on our Internet browsers. It means that it is software like any other software that we have on our computers. Which means that in the same way that echoes fdl ways to act different softwares on our computers from far away. They can also act our MetaMask wallet, gain access to our MetaMask account and still our private key, which again grants access to our digital assets such as Ethereum and Bitcoin into our LFTs. Saying this, it is very rare that something like that will ever happen to you. But it is important that, you know, this is a possibility, again, an extremely avail possibility. So if you do reach a May be because you started making a lot of money with LFTs that you want to add a layer of protection to your LFTs business, then I would recommend that you purchase a hardware wallet. As I said, a digital wallet is called odd storage, yet a hardware wallet is called cold storage. There are two popular hardware wallets that are sold on the market today. One is called 300 and the other is called legible. I will provide links for both websites in the resources area. Both hardware wallets can connect to your digital MetaMask wallet. And in that way, you can then sell your digital assets to them. Now, if you do decide to buy a hardware wallet, then R2 points to keep in mind. Number one, make sure that you buy the alcohol wallet directly from the official website of the hardware wallet company, just to be extra sure that you are not buying a hardware wallet that was tempered with number to contact the company before you make the purchase, just to make sure that the hardware wallet supports and FTEs. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 9. Class Project 02 - Add Reasons, Blocks, Quote, And 4 Positive Personal Qualities: Hi everyone. It is time for our class project. By now you already know what is an NFT, what is a blockchain? What is the easterly of NFT when you should create and sell NFT and how to protect your LFTs. In this part of the project, we will go more deeply into the question why you should create and sell LFTs. This is a question that they feel that each one of us should ask himself oil self, because you always ink for wanting to create and sell. And if Ts can be similar or completely different form another student's reason to create and selling of t is if you are a photograph field, for example, and you have people who follow you on Instagram. Then one of few reasons for creating and selling and NFT might be that you want to protect your photos by registering them on the blockchain. And your other reason for wanting to create and sell LFTs might be that you want to create a new stream of income from your photos. Now, if another student is built, for example, then ESOL reasons for creating and selling it can be completely different from yours isn't a bar bill, might not care at all if people download and then cell is a web content to others. On the continent. Many bubbles and physical business owners in general, we want the content to spread as much as possible. Because when people distribute the content, they are basically promoting the bulbous Bubble Shop. The bulbous or the goal might not be to generate income from the content itself, like the photograph first goal is to make more people aware or fees oil bottle shop for ease of oil, social media posts. We all have different reasons to create and sell and if Ts, and also we all have different reasons that might prevent us from creating and sending LFTs. If I'm a photograph film and I have no budget at all to investing my NFT business, then what may block me form creating and selling and these can be my lack of budget. And if you are available, whereas a budget that you allocated to your NFT business, then you might not have a problem in their department. But you might simply note if time to invest in your NFP business because your walk and life schedule might be completely full. So our goal for this part of the project is to simply come back to our template and add new captions to it. Reasons and blocks under the reasons caption simply type for reasons for wanting to sell an FTEs after you finish writing, certainly isn't. Then simply either block by block, I mean type, what do we prevent you from achieving the goal that you just specified? It is an example of four reasons and blocks that I've added to our cilia owner example. Each one of the reasons as its own corresponding block. Again, as I explained in the first project, simply download this template and edited, but this time at four reasons and full blocks, you don't have to type exactly, for instance, in full blocks, if you don't have full fold is just an example. And you can feel free to add as many reasons and blocks that you want until you feel that you have covered them all over, at least the major ones. Now, when you finish writing your results and blocks, you will want to write a quote and place it under your picture. This quote, we simply summarize what you hold in your template. So fell. If you're not sure how to summarize your entire template to fuels, then simply imagine a friend or a family member who doesn't have time to read your entire template and thus asks you to summarize it to him away in a few words. So simply type under the picture what you would tell him. Oil lastly, could follow rectangles below your lists of poisons and blocks, and simply type inside the four rectangles, positive words that describe your best. We will talk about as part of the template in another lesson. That's it. Once you've done all of that, you'll damp it is complete. You can now feel free to take a screenshot of your template and save it on your computer, outline on your smartphone. Once you have this template complete, you will want to use it as a roadmap for the rest of the course. What do I mean by that? The aim of these templates to give us a focal point or focus a clarity with a gulp of what do we want to achieve, but also clarity with regard to the blocks that might stop us from achieving our goals. So now that our template is complete and we have full clarity with regard to where we're going and with regard to the blocks that may prevent us from reaching our destination, we can determine which lessons in this course will be relevant for us to watch. Once your template is completed, I would advise you to send it to me so I can create an action plan that will suit your specific needs and lifestyle. If you don't feel comfortable sharing some of the information that you have, edit to your template or your picture, for example, there is no problem whatsoever. Simply create another copy of the template will remove the parts that you don't want me to see formed the new version of the template and then send the template to me so I can give you a tailored plan of action, integral action steps for this project. Number one, added to your template for reasons for wanting to sell any of these numbers, to add the breach reason, a corresponding blog that might prevent you from achieving your goal. Number of free type of code under your picture, which would summarize your template to a few words. Number four at the bottom of the template for rectangles with full positive volts that describe your best. Number five, take a screenshot of your template and store it on your computer or on your smartphone device. Number six, lastly, create a copy formula template at the copied template if you want to remove any personal information format that we don't want to share with me and then send the temperature to me so I can clear it for you and action plan, which will suit your specific needs and lifestyle. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 10. Getting Images: Hi there. In this lesson I want to show you how to get images that you can use to create an NFT. Let me start by saying that the best images, the images that you will shoot yourself, because images that you've taken yourself belong to you and thus you will not encounter copyright issues. Saying this, I do understand that for different reasons. Many of us will not want to shoot the images ourselves. And another one to download images from the Internet that adults have shot. Now, before I continue, I just want to say in advance that I'm not a copyright experts. So everything I say in this lesson is just based on common sense. Okay, let's continue. There are many websites on the Internet that we can take images form. But before we download an image to our computer, we need to make sure that this image is not copyrighted. What do I mean by that? When we do a search on Google for a specific word or sentence, and then we click the Images tab on the top of the page, we will see many images that we can technically download to our computer. But the problem with that is that many of the images that we will see will be copyrighted. And thus we will have to go to the websites on which the images are on, contact the website owner and ask for his oil permission to use the image. This is a very time-consuming task and thus it is better to simply use a website that offers images that are not copyrighted and they don't require attribution by don't requiring retribution. I mean, that we don't give credit to the creator of the image in our artwork. Now again, there are many websites on the Internet that offer an uncorrelated with no need for attributions images. And in this lesson I will mention the popular ones that I have. Personally use myself. The websites I would recommend use our pixabay.com, unsplash.com, and pixels.com. In this lesson, I will show you how to get an image from Pixabay. Yet the steps that I will outline will be extremely similar to the other two websites that I mentioned. So let's pin our bosses at this line, type pixabay.com, and then press Enter to go to the website. Then all we need to do is to type the world that we want to search for in the blank line in the middle of the screen, click the drop-down list next to the search line to choose if we want to search for images or videos. In our example, I will choose the default images option. We can of course go even more specific and pick one of the images, subcategories, photos, vector graphics, or illustrations if we just want to get one of those results. But again, for this example, I will go with the general images option, click the search line and press Enter to start the search. Okay, so now we see all the images that are relevant to my search. And one of the things that I like about the Pixabay website so much, besides the fact that it is such a simple and beautiful intuitive interface, is that we can actually offer our mouse over the images, meaning without clicking them. See how many people have like them, favorably them and commented on them. Also the images of sorted on Pixabay according to their popularity. So the first image that we see on the first page on the left side of the search results will be more popular than the second image right next to him. And the second image will be more popular than the filtered image in the first line and so on. The reason that I like that the images are sorted according to the popularity is that when I create an Outlook, I prefer not to experiment with images that people might like. And thus I would prefer to see first the images that people resonate with the most. And that's how we'll click now. First image on the left in the first line of the search results. And Pixabay will directly to the image page. Now if you change your mind and you want to see another picture, then you can either conduct a search again by using the search function at the top of the website as we did before. Or simply other your mouse over the image and click the tags on the top of it to search images in a specific topic that relates to the image you now see. But if I would like to use this image, then the next thing I would do is to double-check that the image that they see is free for commercial use and doesn't require attribution. We can quickly confirm that just looking at the right side of the screen and viewing the text Pixabay license caption. And as we can see, the text says free for commercial use, no attribution required. Now many images on Pixabay will have this same message, but not all of them. So it is important that you confirm that you see this exact message. Now to download an image, simply click the green Free Download button at the right side of the page. Now Pixabay will ask you to pick the image dimension that you want. You can click on any of the available dimensions. I will click the 640 by 400 option, but you can click on any other option you like. Then I'll click the green Download button under the dimensions option, and the image will now be downloaded to my computer. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 11. Modifying Images Goart (Option 1): Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to share with you a website which will let you turn your image into a work of art. The name of the website is go out. And to which it will simply need to go to Google type, go out and placenta. Then let's click on the search result that starts with the word go out, vertical line, photo. Then once we reach the website, we will want to click on the Get Started caption, which we can find inside the circle in the middle of the website. Then I will just locate the image on my computer, click on it, and then click the Open button in the bottom of the windows. Open window. The image might take some time to load, but after it loads, you will see that the small images at the bottom of the website below your picture will be clickable. Each of the images below represent another art movement. And you'll notice that when you click on one of them, it will affect your big Joel. Please notice that there is an arrow right next to the last small image and the right side of the website, which will uncover even more images for you to choose phone. You'll be able to click on the arrow a few times, and each time you click, a new batch of OUT options will be revealed. And once you click on the arrow one time, you will see that there is a new arrow on the left side of the first image that will let you go backwards to see previous images. Once you like the effect that you have applied on your image, you can click the save option, which is an option you will find above the last image. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 12. Modifying Images PhotoMania (Option 2): Alone, Welcome to the lesson. There is a free website that I constantly use to modify my images. And this website is called Photo Mania. You can find this website by simply typing Photo Mania on Google and clicking on the search result. Photo effects, vertical line, photo mania. This is the website Photo Mania.net. And once you're on it, just click the big pink button in the middle of the screen, edit your photos. Then the website will ask you to upload the photo that you want to modify. And you can either click the Facebook photos option to upload photos from your Facebook account. All you can simply click the Upload photo option is I will do now to upload a photo from your computer. So I will just locate the photo that I want to modify on my computer. Then double left-click it or simply click it one time and then click the Open button at the bottom of the open window to upload it to the photo mania website. Okay, so once I see the picture on the big display area in the middle of the website, I can either start working on it, will upload another picture by clicking the change Photo button at the top of the screen. Once you are happy with the photo, you upload it, you can start modifying it by simply clicking on the different effects. On the left side of the screen. We have filter sketch, painting, watercolor, magical, vintage textures, cartoon, pop out, and romantic filters. You can scroll between the different effects with the middle mouse button. If you have a mouse as this button, or you can simply scroll up and down by clicking and then moving the gray scale bow right next to the effects representing images. I, for example, I really like the sketch effect. So I will click on the Sketch Image option and then we will see a list of different sketches that we can choose from. And then we just need to click on the Sketch effect that we want to try out on our image. Again, we can use the school bell Oh, our middle mouse button to scroll down and up and bows for the different effects. I really like the use of the Crayola effect, so we'll click on it for this example. Great. The effect has been applied to my image and all I really need to do now, our two simple things. Number one, remove the Photo Mania watermark at the bottom right side of the image by simply hovering my mouse over it. And then by clicking the remove watermark option that will appeal above the photo mania watermark. Okay, And the second thing I need to do is to download the modified image to my computer by clicking the tiny down arrow button, which we will find above the image. That's it. The website will shortly start the download. The end the image will be on my computer. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 13. Modifying Images PhotoMosh (Option 3): Idle, one of the great for the services that they found online to modify an image is called photomask. And the reason that I like the service so much is that it lets you export your walk in various formats. Meaning you can upload an image to photomask, make changes to it, and then you can export your artwork as an image, a gift, or even a video. Let me show you the photon motion website. So I am now at Google.com. I will type photomask and press Enter to continue. Then just click on the photo image search result under the photomask that come with habitus. Photon motion. Now present you with two options. You can either load an image from your computer if you already have an image saved, or you can create your artwork right now by clicking the US webcam button. For this example, I want to load the image from the computer, so I will just click the Upload File button in the middle of the screen. Then I will click the Choose File button that is again located in the middle of the screen to choose the image that I want to upload from my computer. There is also a small area right next to the Choose File button, which is called DHAP file ill. You can simply drag a file from your computer and drop it inside this area in order to upload your file to photomask. Let's tie this option to upload our file. I will simply click on the image that I have on my desktop. And then without releasing my old on the left mouse button, I will derive the file until it is inside the drop file IO area. Notice that the dope file email text is bigger now. So once the file is in the dope file ill area, simply release my old on the left mouse button to drop the file. And this action will let me upload my file to photomask. Okay, So we will now see the file presented on the website and we will also see a few additional options. Let's go over them. We have three tabs at the upper left-hand corner of the website. And those tabs are called JPEG, GIF and web them, the default tab which is already clicked is the JPEG tab. And while this tab is clicked, everything that we create will be exported as an image file. If we click on the tab right next to the JPEG tab, we will be able to export our creation as a GIF file, which means that we can export our walk as a static image like before, but we can also save our walk as an animation. Now let's click the last step where BEM ill. We can also record our outlook, but this time the output will be a video file, not a GIF file. So I have explained about the different exploitation formats and now I'll show you how you can use this tool to implement different effects on your image. So you have a manual way and an automatic way. If you prefer to manually choose the effects that you want to apply on your image, then you would want to click on the different effect on the right side of the screen. Simply click one of the effects that you want to try. For example, I'll click on the rainbow effect, then activate it by clicking the tiny toggle option under the rainbow caption and the right next to the own caption. And now I can click the ballast right next to the amount and the offset captions to apply the effect to my image. We can also add more effects to our image by turning on additional effect at the right side of the website. Remember that you have to turn on each effect before it can walk. And again, you do that by clicking the effector organ button next to the own caption. Once you are happy with your modified image, looks on the screen, you can just click the record button under the image to record a video of your walk. And after the red recording fills, the video will be downloaded to your computer. So we talked about the manual way of applying effects to your image. But there is also an automatic way to apply effects. And this is done by clicking the ambush button, which is located next to the record button. Every time we click on the merge button, the website will randomize and effect and apply it to our image. Again, you can click the More button to randomize and effect. If you don't want to use the control panel at the right side of the screen to modify the parameters. And as before, once you are happy with the result of the modified image, simply click the Record button to record your walk and downloaded to your computer. The saying goes, if you are walking inside the gift Deb, inside the JPEG tab, everything operates exactly the same. But because your output will be an image and not a video, the Export button will be called save, not record. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 14. Add Text - Canva: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to talk about Canva. Canva use and extremely popular Gothic design website that I constantly use. And in this lesson I will show you how you can use it to, to add text to your images. Okay, so that can vein Google and then click on the canvas search result under the www.canva.com web it does to go to the Canvas website. Now, let's open a free account with Canva by clicking the Sign Up button at the upper right-hand corner of the website. We are now given the option to either sign up with gingival, with Google, with Facebook, or with our email address. In this example, I will use my email to sign up to Canada. So I will click the purpose, sign up with email button, insert my full name until the full name caption, my email address under the e-mail caption, my password under the password caption. And once I'm done, I will click the purple button at the bottom of the create your account window. To continue. I will now receive a code to the email address that I gave Canada doing during installation process. And I will insert the code in the small window that opened under the okay, we send you a code caption. I will just copy the entire code, paste it as is inside the tiny squares. And then once done, I will click the purple Done button, which is located under the tiny square. To continue, we now see a pop-up screen and inside it, canva asks us the following question, but we will be using Canva full. They say that they do so, so that they would be able to recommend designs and templates, especially for us. You can choose any option that you want. There is no longer cancel. I will choose the personal option, for example. Then a window opens and inside it, canva asks me if I want to try out the poor version for 30 days for free, and I don't, so I will just click them maybe later gray button, the upper-right corner of the window to continue. Another window opens. This time, Canva will ask me if I want to obtain to get different updates from them and I don't want to. So again, I will click them maybe later gray button at the upper right hand corner of the window. To continue, I will now click the Refresh icon that is located at the top of my Internet Basel, to close the start your first design box that appears in the middle of the screen. I will also click the X icon at the upper right corner of the box. Create presentations. You are allowed to shale to close it as well. That's it. We have finished setting up our flake Canva account, and now we can start walking on our image. Let's start by clicking the small Custom Size button at the right side of the screen. I will now locate my image on my computer and hover my mouse over it so I can see its dimensions. I see that my image is 800 by 1100, meaning its width is 800 pixels and its height is 1100 pixels. So inside the Canvas website, I will type 800. Inside the width box, I will type 1100 inside Item books. And then I will click the purple button, create new design under those two tiny boxes to continue. Great. So we have created a page that suits the dimensions of our image. And the next thing we will want to do is to upload the image that we have on our computer into our Canvas page so we can add text to it. We can do that in two ways. We can either click the Upload option at the left side of the website, then click the Upload Media blue button at the top of the site, click the gray device option, locate the image on our computer, click on it, and then click the Open button at the bottom of the open window to upload the image. All we can just find the image on our computer, click it and then drag it until we reach the Canvas website and then simply release our old on the mouse button in order to drop the image. We can dope the image wherever we want on the website and it will still upload. So no matter which of the two options who choose to upload the image, the result will be the same. Once your image will be uploaded, it will be on the left side of the Canvas website. And then when we want to drag it into our blank page, so I will click it. And then without releasing my old on the left mouse button, drag it to the white page and then release my old on the left mouse button to develop it. Then click on one of the tiny circles or lines around the image, and then move our mouse in order to change the image dimensions until the image will feel our blank page completely. We can also click on the image itself and move our mouse to change the position of the image too well, we want it to be. Once we are happy with the result, we can start walking on our image. In this lesson, we want to add text to our image. And to do that we want to click on the Text option at the left side of the website. Caravan. Now Gibbs free options that come in three different sizes to insert simple white text to our image. So I will click on one of them and it will be added to my outlook. And now that the text is all my artwork, I can simply click it and again, without releasing my old on the left mouse button, drag it to wherever I want it to be on my image and then release my old to drop it. Will I want it to be once the text is clicked, I can also use the tiny circle and tiny line around it. And again, the rank them in order to change the text size. Once I'm happy with the size, I can just click inside the text to edit it. So we'll just type my name inside at the bottom on the left corner of the image, like a signature on there are also other ways to change your text. You can simply click on it and use the different design options at the top of the website to change the text appearance. So I mentioned the free plain text options at the left side of the website. And below those free options you have additional pre-made text options that you can click on and edit as well. Just noticed that in the free version of Canva, which is the version that I'm using for this example, not all the design options will be available. So once we are happy with the result, we can serve the outlook on our computer by clicking the Download button at the upper right-hand corner of the website, then choosing the format that we want. In this case, I will choose PNG image, and then by clicking the purple Download button at the bottom of the window to download the image to my computer. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 15. Class Project 03 - Decide On An Idea, Produce It, Build An Audience, List It: Hi everyone, It is time for our class project. So currently you should have two things. Ready. Number one, you're finished template, and number two, your plan of action. Now you might be at the point in which you have more clarity. We will go to what you want to achieve by selling NF things and the blocks that might prevent you from achieving your gun. The next step in the process is really to come up with an idea on what digital asset we want to create. And then we would want to go for the process of actually creating it. Now, you may already know exactly what you want to create and that's great. But if you are stuck and you want some advice for me, then either contact me or go through the lessons inside the idea workshops, sections that I've added to the course. After we have an idea of what we want to create, our next goal will be to actually produce our digital asset. Again, even though all the students, I'm thinking discourse want to sell and if T is not all of them, want to query them in the same way. One student who is a social media influencer, for example, mike want to create, and if this by converting is oil Instagram posts into LFTs, yet another student who is an aspiring digital August, for example, might want to create digital images from scratch, and then, then those digital images into LFTs. Other students, while broadcasters, painters, musicians, ecto, stand-up comedians and settler may have other plans on how to create and if things saying this, what would we do if we haven't created anything yet that we can turn into an NFT for this exact reason, have edit multiple NFT creation workshops to this course. And I would suggest that we go through all of them and check if there is one or more workshops that you can use to create an NFT. For example, if you want to learn how to create a digital 3D image or an animation, then I would suggest that you take the NFT Creation workshop in this course in which I show how to use a 3D modeling and animation software, which is called Cinema 4D. Yet if you don't want to learn how to create a for the image or animation, then you can take the NFT Creation workshop in this course in which I showed you out use royalty-free images to quickly create images and animations. The other few NFT creation workshops in this course, which will help you with that. And in those workshops I show you how to create digital artworks without needing to design anything. Feel free to contact me and share with me your specific case so I can give you my tailored advice on which workshop will suit you best. Now, what your digital asset created a thicker screenshot of it and save it on your computer or on your smartphone. In samplers that you save your template. And the plane of fiction that you got for me. Once you have all of those, you are ready to move to the next step, which is to watch the lesson in the course, which is called build an audience. In that lesson, I talked about the importance of building a loyal audience before you try to sell anything. In my guys, this is the most important concepts in this course to grasp. Once you phonetic to list your artwork as NFT, you can feel free to contact me and I will give you a minor commendation regarding which NFT marketplace you should list your NFT on. Of course, you don't have to contact me if you don't want to, and you can simply use your artwork. Is NFT on one of the NFT marketplaces that I cover in this course. In a few words, if you have the budget to spend on your NFP business, then I suggest that you watch this section in this course in which I explain our police to NFT on the feeling blockchain for concede. Yet, if your budget is slightly limited or extremely limited, then I would suggest that you watch the lessons in this course in which I show you our police to LFTs on the Solana blockchain for the source of that i o, and if the marketplace, or you're going to lose 250 on the polygon blockchain for urban see as when currently the filling phase out. Yet the fee you will pay on the Solana and the polygon blockchains are very low. In any case, make sure that you watch the lesson in this course in which I cover the open sea fees. Now, before we end the lesson, Let's go over your action steps for this project. Number one, come up with an idea on what digital assets you want to create. You can use the idea of workshops in this course to do that. And you can also contact me for advice, number to produce your digital assets. And again, if you don't know how to produce a digital asset that feel free to use one of moles at the end of the creation workshops in the course. And again, feel free to contact me on this topic as well. Number three, once you have your digital asset created, then take a screenshot of it and then store the screenshot on your computer or on your smartphone device. Number four, watch the most important lesson in this course, which is called build an audience. Once you list your digital artwork on one of the NFT marketplaces, open sea or saucy. We have lessons in this course in which uncover the listing process. Again, if you're not sure which one to pick, then feel free to contact me for advice. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 16. How To Set Up A MetaMask Wallet: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, we will be installing MetaMask, which is a virtual wallet that lets you conduct commerce with NFT marketplaces. Metamask is a cryptocurrency wallet and it is available as a browser extension or a mobile app. In this lesson, I will show you how to install MetaMask on your compound, but you can install Meta mask on other browsers as well. Metamask is a virtual wallet, but it works similar to a physical wallet. Meaning you can store your money, Dale, and you can use this money in different marketplaces on the Internet. Which means, for example, that you can sell an NFT on a certain marketplace and then use the money you earned from selling that NFT to buy an NFT on another marketplace. The bottom is quality is not a part of the website but about of your browser, so it will follow you and be usable wherever you go. The other good thing about MetaMask is that it creates the password and the keys on your own computer. So you don't have to be afraid that someone will act the marketplace that you are trading on and studio details and use them to make connections. Okay, So let's begin. So the first thing we would need to do in order to set up a MetaMask wallet to go to MetaMask data IO. And it is important that you will do exactly as I do and directly type the web address MetaMask that i o in your browser's address line and placental. The problem with searching for MetaMask data IO on Google is debt. We might click on a fraudulent website, tiny steak, and those sorts of sites might try to steal our details. Okay, let's continue. So once you own the MetaMask data IO website, just click on the blue Download button at the upper right hand corner of the website. Then you will see three tabs on iOS and Android. And because we now want to instrument the MRTK on our composer, we will keep the default com option selected and just call down and click the blue install MetaMask for calm blue button. You can see below the button the other browsers that you can install MetaMask gone if you are not using Google Chrome. So I'll click the Install MetaMask for calm blue button and I will be directed to the Chrome Web Store. Once they'll, Let's just click the blue Add to Chrome blue button. And then we'll just need to click the Add extension white button to install the MetaMask extension onto our browser. Okay, so once the extension has been installed on our bow, so we can see that by day. Welcome to MetaMask notification on our screen, we can click the blue Get Started button that we see on the page. To continue, you will now be asked if you want to create a new MetaMask wallet or if you want to use a MetaMask wallet that you have created in the past. So if you've already installed MetaMask in the past, then you can click the Import wallet blue button to import your old MetaMask wallet. This is an option that you would want to use if you have deleted your Basel, deleted the content on your computer, or if you switched to another computer, you now want to install the MetaMask extension again. Yet in this example, we don't have a MetaMask wallet. So click the Create a word blue button under the yes, Let's get set up caption to set a blend. You want it on this page, MetaMask asks if we want to share usage data, information with them for the purpose of improving MetaMask. And you can do that if you like by clicking the I agree. Blue button at the bottom of the page, but I prefer not to do that. So we'll just click No, thanks. Gray button next to the blue button. Okay, so now MetaMask to create a best model for our MetaMask wallet. So we'll type my password in the blank line under the new password caption, and then type my password again in the second blank line under the confirm password caption. You will not want to show this password with anyone, so no one will have access to your wallet. Once you are done, just click the terms of use, toyed the terms of use. And if you go into them, just tick the tiny box next to the caption. I have read and agree to the terms of use, and then click the blue Create button below the tiny books to continue. Okay, So on this page you can learn about the recovery phase and how to keep your digital wallet safe. We're going to talk about the recovery phase on the next page as well. I suggest that you watch the video eel and the dispatch. And then once you're done, scroll down and click the blue next button at the bottom of the page to continue to the next page. Now will be presented with the secret back of phase page. And on this page, MetaMask will give us a phrase that we need to write down and store in a safe place. If you remember on the page, will MetaMask asked us if we want to import an old wallet or create a new one. We have picked the option to create a new account. But if we had wanted to import an old account, then we could have chosen the other option on the page and use our Phase 2, we store our old account. So I will click the clicker to Iwill secret votes message. And just write down the phrase that I get in a secure place. And MetaMask actually give you tips on how to securely store your phase on the right side of the page. There isn't that then I'll show you. My face is just for explanation purposes. And in the same way that you want, want to show your password to anyone, you also want, want to show you a secret phrase to anyone and basically only use it if you ever want to store your wallet. I will of course not use this wallet the time now creating ever again, because everyone now can see my secret phase. Of course, each person who creates a wallet will get a unique place once you've written down your phrase and skew, or did you just need to click the blue next button below the secret phase to continue. We are now on the confirm your secret backup phrase page. And on this page, we will need to confirm our secret phrase by just matching the words in our secret phrase to the words on the screen in order. So I will do it now. Once done, just click the blue Confirm button below or the phases. And that's it. Metta masks shows us a congratulations page and below the congratulations caption, the again tips on how to store your secrets seed phrase safely. As you can see below, MetaMask will not be able to recover your seat phase. So it is extremely important not to lose it. So that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 17. Sign Up For OpenSea: Hi there. In this lesson I want to show you how to open an account with the website that we are going to sell our nFET is on. The website is called open sea. And it is one of the biggest marketplaces in the entire Internet to set NFT to which the website I will just clean my browser's address line, type open. See that i o and press Enter. Once you reach the website, you'd want to avoid your mouse over the profile icon at the upper right-hand corner of the website and click on the File option. Then you can either sign in with the MetaMask wallet that we have created in a previous lesson. Or you can click, they use a different wall that link if you are using another digital wallet. In this example, we will be using the MetaMask wallet. So let's click the blue Sign In button to sign-in. Then open civil want to connect to your MetaMask wallet. And that's what we want to do. So let's click the blue next button at the bottom of the pop-up window to continue, then we need to give our final consent that we want to allow the Open Seaside to view our MetaMask wallet. And we can confirm our consent by simply clicking the Connect button again at the bottom of the popup window. Okay, So a few seconds after we've clicked the Connect button, we will be able to click on the main open sea website window and confirm that our MetaMask wallet is now infect connected to the open sea website. We can confirm that by seeing the colored icon at the upper right hand corner of the website and in the middle of the website and the world are named under the color icon in the middle of this site. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 18. The OpenSea Fees: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to talk about gas phase. I will mainly focus on the filename, blockchain guess fees. Courtly, the film blockchain guess fees are extremely I so keep in mind that near the end of the lesson, I will give you some alternatives to the theorem blockchain. Let's begin at the evidence in this course about the action meaning behind the concept of gas fees. But to put it simply, guess fees are simply processing fees, like the processing fees that credit card companies charge businesses with on the Ethereum blockchain we are charged with whenever we try to make a transaction. Afterwards. When transition a course on the film blockchain, someone meets to end the transaction. In the physical offline world. This someone can be a bank, for example, but only fill in blockchain. There is no bank involved. Someone needs to again until the transaction and also gets paid for the walk on the blockchain. This someone is called a minor. By now, is a person like you and me who is willing to allocate easel l computer processing power to handle turns section to the course on the blockchain. And thus the miner gets compensated for gas phase for the walk. Now before we start analyzing the open Sufis, I suggest that you search on Google for the world's open sea fees and then click the water guess fees on affiliate open sea search result to which the page that I'm currently on, our dorsal suggest that from time to time you come to visit this page to get the latest updates regarding the CoSA if you didn't guess fees. The reason that suggests that you will leave this page from start to finish, and also fairly is because guess fees on a few of them can be lacking this cone. They explained the sunlight so that we might even lose money after a sale of our NFT due to the extremely, I guess fees. Just imagine starting to open sea, creating a collection, creating and listing your NFT, eventually selling your NFT $450. And then realizing that you actually lost money from the sale because you were charged with $500 of gas fees. So it is extremely important to waste our NFT fully I enough pies and also learn everything we can about the helium gas phase. We will never be surprised by the gas phase charges. Now I specifically said the filename gets filled because as I alluded to in the beginning of the lesson, in different blockchains and on different, and if the marketplaces will pay different fees, will even pay different guess fees on open seat itself. Just as an example, if we list our NFT on the sulci that i o marketplace, guess fees will be extremely low, maybe just a few cents or even less than a cent. And if we list element, if the only polygon blockchain, which is a blockchain, we be enough and C, We will not pay any guest visit all currently, we will just pay a 2.5 per cent service fee to open C. And this fee will only be charged for us if we are actually successful in selling our NFT. Or in other words, if we will not sell our NST, we will not pay anything to open. See, we have an ascending discourse in which I show you how to list the collection and on the film blockchain, the polygon blockchain, and also on the Solana blockchain, which is the blockchain that is used on salsa that they owe. Now let's talk about our guess is actually measured and the way we pay different guests fees at different times. Guess fees are measured in gray. And gray is a fraction of E-field. If Phil is the fuel in Blockchain cryptocurrency, one gray equals 0.0000001. So we can basically look at the fail as Doyle's and on way a sense. Now the reason that guess fees, prices keep going up and down is the same reason why you devise that we pay for anything else in life, keeps going up and down. And the reason is simply supply and demand. Let me give you an example. If a lecture, for example, is invited to speak in 500 lectures every single day, but she only has time to speak in one of those lectures. This lecture, Mike, charge $100 thousand for one single lecture. But if this lecture suddenly loses, most of these old clients. And now instead of being invited to speak in 500 lectures everyday, Yoshi's invited to speak at five lectures or were they? In the New York sheet might only charge $1 per lecture. The same exact thing happens on the blockchain. If at certain times more requests to post transactions, then the minus, again, the people who use their computer processing power to pull this apart. Transactions can charge a lot of money to process those transactions. And thus the gas phase will be I0. Yet in times when there isn't much demand for moving transactions, guess this will be lower. In a nutshell, the transactions requests at any given time, the eye or the gas phase will be. So now let's talk about the different guests. These we need to pay when we want to list our LFTs only film blockchain. There are basically two kinds of fees that we need to pay. A onetime fee is recording fees. Let's analyze each one of those fees one-by-one. The first one time fee is the account internalization fee. This is a fee that we need to pay to register with open C. Now the amount that will be judged will vary because as I said previously, the supply and demand for posting transactions or severely. But let's say that on average, we can expect to pay a one under $50 Accounting utilization fee. And again, this is a onetime fee. Now if we are selling our NFT for fixed price, then the counting theorization f0 is the only one thing feed that we must pay. Yet, if we want to sell our NFP in an auction, then there is another onetime fee that we need to pay. This fee is the auction approval feet. Just to make it super clear, the counting utilization fee must be paid to sell on Open. See, there is no way around it yet. The auctioneer overfit is optional. And as the name suggests, we only need to pay it if we decide to sell our NFT on Open see full an option. What's mutual for both the accounting utilization fee and the oxygen approval fee is that we only need to pay them once no matter how many collections and if these and auctions we decided to create an open see, those fees will not be charged again. Now in order to pay the option of poverty, we need to approve a token which is called with, which stands for width. And with his wolf exactly as if he's the native token of the film blockchain. Now even though the if token is Wolf exactly like the width token, we still need to convert will. If we've, in order to pay the oxygen approval fee, we can let our list our LFTs on auctions. But these token conversion is done within open see, we don't need to go to any external website to convert the tokens. So now that we've covered the onetime fees, Let's move over to the next batch of gas phase. And this batch of fees out the recording fees. Now, many people don't pay attention to the recording fees. But as we all know, the devil is in the details. I'll explain what I mean by that. Let's say that we've created an option and someone is put a bid on our auction. If we decide to accept the spill sense of fill, we will need to pay a guest fee for that transaction. And if we've listed multiple and if these on auctions and we got multiple offers that we want to accept, then each time that we accept an offer, we need to pay against. For this lesson, that guess fee is under the Coinbase fees caption because again, we need to pay this case fi each and every time we accept an offer on our auction. I know that all the information that they've given you so far in this lesson can be confusing. So let's stop and summarize all the gas phase that we need to pay. So file for an example. Let's say that John is created, is nFET and decided to list it on open seat full and auction. So in this example, Joan will need to pay on average $100 account in utilization fee, $100 auction approval fee be approved for the whiff token. One on the dollar auction be the acceptance feet and $100 with two if conversion of fee, I will talk about this conversion fee shortly. The total amount that John will pay is $400 of gas fields. In order to make a profit for me resorption John can email, stock is auction for a very low starting price and put the reserve price of more than $400, or you can start resorption foyer I starting price which is above $4 with those self bias. Now, the prices that I mentioned are just an example. So we will have some kinds of structural. But as I said previously, guest prices fluctuate based on supply and demand. So the gas phase you will personally pay might be much higher or much lower than the biases that we have in this example, I actually suggest that you will try to pay guess fees in different hours of the day. Because the difference can be extreme. In certain hours you might be asked to pay $400 for the account in utilization fee, for example. In other levels of the day, you might be asked to pay $100. Now, let's talk about the last film, the list, the whiff to if conversion fee. If you do decide to list your Nephthys for an auction, then you are going to be paid in width nth on open sea, converting the whiff token back to if it's going to cost us guess fees. Now, let's say that after John, so all those gas phase now considers listing is empty for a fixed bias. That for an auction, if that's the case, then let's remove the option related guess these form our guest list. We will have a better understanding of the guests fees we need to pay in a fixed price listing, the accounting utilization fee is a must. If you want to walk with open C, we will keep it yet we can cross out the oxygen, the oxygen bead acceptance fee, and the width to if conversion fee, which are not relevant when we list our NFT for a fixed price, we also need to add a new fetal or at least which is the listing cancellation fee. Yet I will gray out this feat because it will only be applicable if we list them. But then decided to cancel our listing as an if the sellers, we also pay a guest fee when we cancel a bit, but we will not pay bit cancellation fees bias. The cancellation fees are there because again, as I said in the beginning of the lesson, minus needed to process transactions on the blockchain. And cancellation is considered a transaction. And thus listening cancellation carriers, we did guess fees. So cancel these things will never be fulfilled. By the way, if you decided to lower, note, raise the price of your NFAT. Nfat listing, you don't need to pay additional guest is right about now. You may be asking yourself the question for meal. That's me, by the way, says that every transaction on the blockchain costs. Guess, why does it say that John is not going to pay any guest is in a fixed bias listing. I did say that John is not going to pay guess fees in a fixed price listing, but I didn't say that guess fees are not going to be paid. The total guess fees will be paid to the miners for the walk. The minus will simply not get the guest is payment from John, but from Jon's bio, Let's say that the bias name is lower in John's example, minus will also receive a guest fee payment. The Florida we beat on John's option, but then decide to cancel a bid. Now it is also possible that lower will pay guess fees for John's NFT, but will not get an NFT eventually. I will give you an example of how this can happen. Let's say the John has released a huge collection of 10 thousand. And if these two the NFT marketplace. Now let's also say that John is a famous ecto. And 50 thousand people from all over the world want to get one of the LFTs in is 10 thousand. And if the collection, if that's the case and lower tried to buy an NFT form. John matures not one of the first ten thousand people to get an NFT. She and the other bios are filled to get an N of t will still need to pay a guess just for the attempt to initiate the transaction to acquire the NFT. So at the end of the day, they didn't get an NFT form, Joan, yet they still paid guess with which we're not be refunded if the 40 thousand remaining bias who failed to get an NFT wanted to increase their chances of getting the NFV from John, then they could've set a guest limit to give a better incentive to the minus two poses the transaction faster. In other words, the eye of the guest is a buyer is willing to pay. The higher priority is oil consumption will get. I don't want to fold the term gas limit without explaining it. Gets limit simply first to the maximum amount of gas fields the ones willing to spend on a specific transaction. Inside the Mathematics digital world, for example, there is an option to increase or decrease the gas limit. As I said previously, I guess limit will give the minus end incentive to post several plants section first. But the flip side is that a login scheme it, which is too low, may even cause the minus twig know our transaction completely. In my example, many people wanted to get one of the LFTs in John's collection in times where there is maybe just a few requests to process transactions on the blockchain, then there will not be much demand for minors and thus minus will not prioritize the IE incentive transactions. And thus all buyers will get del NFP is after paying their guess fees. In this case, guess fees will be relatively low. Now let's say the John decides to trends fill all gift is NFT to a specific person. Then in this case, john will have to pay a guess fee for this transaction. And if John decides to do a old giveaway, meaning to give any of these four feet to a number of people, for example. Then accordingly, generally to pay guess feet for each of the transactions. Lastly, we are also charged a anechoic guess fee whenever we try to phrase Ellis think metadata in simple votes, that he is a guest fee whenever we want to stall out realistic information inside a safe, decentralized file storage. Every piece of data in our NFT listing, we'd be stored, in this case, everything besides the lockable content if it was added. Of course, by the way, once your NFT listing data has been pleased to use another world stored, it can't be edited, no, removed. Now, if this was a lesson in irregular physical classroom, then I guess that at this point, I would be one of the only people in the classroom after listing all the filling gas phase on the blackboard. But if somebody is still watching this lesson and then not actually talking to myself, which I often do. Not really, but actually I do. Then I want to offer two alternatives which will let us reduce our guest fees. The first alternative is to simply list your LFTs on the NFT marketplace sulci that they o, which is on the Solana blockchain currently full list our LFTs there, I guess fees will be less than a cent. The other alternative is to list our NFT on the polygon blockchain instead of the helium blockchain. When we list our LFTs want the polygon blockchain, we will not pay any gas phase and only feed will be a 2.5 per cent service fee that we will pay open C only if we are successful in selling our identity. Now, if you are wondering, if you need to pay a guess fee to use the polygon blockchain is a bio, meaning when you want to buy an NFT and an FTE which is listed on the polygon blockchain, then the answer is yes. Yet, you will only pay guess fees as a buyer if you need to transfer affiliated funds. Meaning if your polygon digital wallet, you'll see when you want to buy an NFT which is listed on the polygon blockchain. And you only have if in your digital wallet, then you will need to bleach, meaning move to the polygon blockchain because the cryptocurrency that is used on the film blockchain is if the cryptocurrency that is used on the polygon blockchain is called the polygon if the name is very similar, but each one of the token names represents a different cryptocurrency, the bridging of France, which can be done directly on open sea costs, guess fees, which are used for converting the funds. Guess fees will be deducted from us when we convert to polygon if, and vice versa. Saying this, godly, those gas fees also extremely low. Now I've added lessons to this course in which explaining step-by-step manual out, please do any of these on all the blockchains that they mentioned in this lesson, they fill in blockchain, the Solana blockchain, and the polygon blockchain. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 19. List Your NFT On OpenSea: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how to list an NFT on open sea. So let's first go to Open, see that i, o, and login to our open sea account by othering our mouse over the profile icon at the upper right side of the screen. And then by clicking the profile option, then we will click the Sign in blue button. And if you are presented with a request to provide your password, just insert it and you'd be able to login. Now we are on the profile page. And first let's change the banner image, which is located at the top of this site. The banner image dimensions should be around 1400 by 400 pixels and without text. So the banner will display nicely whether your bios will view your profile of who their desktop or mobile device. Now, if you already did the FA 4000 by 4000 pixels banner image and the profile image on your computer that you want to upload and you have rights to upload, then that's great. Yet if you don't have them, you can create them for free for a site like canva.com. We will have a separate lesson in this course, which I will show you how to use Canvas. So feel free to check this lesson if you're not sure how to create the images. So once you have the binary image, you can click the pencil icon to upload it from your computer. And once the benevolent displays, I will either my mouse over the profile image and click the Edit option to upload my profile picture from my computer. So once the binary image and profile image are displayed on the profile page, I can change my profile page name, which currently shows the word unnamed. We can do that through the settings page and we can reach the settings page by clicking the cogwheel icon, which is located at the right side of the screen. So once we are on the Settings page, and this is the page where we can change our username. But we'll pick a username like about myself in the blank box under the bio caption. Insert my email address and then click the blue Save button under the email address line to save the changes. I will then get a confirmation email from open sea in which opens C will ask me to verify my e-mail. I will open the email and click the Verify my e-mail blue button to verify my e-mail. That's it. If you will now go to your profile page again, you will see that your username, as it changed and he's no longer are named, but the new username that you picked on your profile. You can also see at the bottom of the page or the NFT is that you own. I will now create a new collection of LFTs in the odd category. Now is the NFT out that I've created and that I am now going to list on Open. See, I have created this out by downloading a free non copyrighted image from pixabay.com and then by changing it With the side, go out to make it unique. If you don't want to use pixabay.com for images, then the other websites that offer free images such as Unsplash.com and Pexels.com. There are also alternatives for changing the image. You can modify your image by using the website canva.com or photo mania, that net. Now if you don't know how to use the sites that I have just mentioned, then, don't worry, we have a separate lesson in this course in which I will go through the entire process. Okay, so let me show you now how you can list your NFT on open sea after you have finished creating it. The first thing you would want to do to other you now score. So although you open sea profile image and then click on the my collections option. Now if you've never created a collection before, then this page is going to be empty and you will only see the blue Create button. So let's click on the blue Create button now on the window that appeals so we can right away see that we need to add a logo. So let's click on the box under the logo caption to add the logo form our computer. And if you don't have a logo, then watch the lesson in this course in which I show you how to create a logo with kind of the recommended size for your logo should be 350 by 350 pixels. We should now give a name to our collection. And we can also write a description. So we just write down my full name and write a little bit about myself and about my stole. The kind of NFT is that they plan to sell on open z. And you can do the same or write something different. Once we're done, we can just click the blue Create button at the bottom of the window to create the collection. And we get a new window that opens and confirms the creation of our collection. If we scroll down further, we would be able to see the area. Will all our items will be displayed. The Alia, which currently says no items to display. And there is a search function above the area in which we can search for specific items inside our collection. There is even a drop-down list right next to the search function, which we can use to sort the results we will get in different ways and we will now need to click the blue Add Item button to insert our first NFT into our new collection. Once we do that, a MetaMask notification window will appeal, which will ask us to login into our MetaMask wallet. And let's do it now by clicking the login button at the bottom of the MetaMask notification window. This is just a way for MetaMask to confirm that I'm in fact the owner of the NFT that I'm about to upload. Now, we have been directed to the page in which we are going to list our item, DFT. Okay, so what do we need to do now is to simply drag our NFT and drop it inside the box. Simply locate the image on your device and upload it as I'm doing now. And the image will be uploaded to open C. Now in this example, I'm showing you how to upload an NFT image. But as you can see above, you have many other files that you can upload to open sea. Open SEA accepts different forms of digital files, not just digital images. You have JPEG, PNG, GIF, SVG, which are digital image files. But there are also MP4 WebAIM, which are digital video files and MP3 or OGG, GLB, GTF, which are digital audio files. Regardless of the type of file will choose, it should not exceed 40 megabyte. The max size is 40 megabyte. So you now want to give you an item and name, and you should type the name of your item inside the blank line under the name caption. Under the name line, I have the option to include an external link to a website on which I can tell the open sea visitors more about the item of about me. And in the blank box under the description caption, I can add details about the image that I uploaded if I want. Now below the description box, you can add additional things, properties, levels, and stats. You may consider adding those if you are creating different characters, for example, different monsters, each one of the monsters as different characteristics. There is also a feature under the stats option to add on lockable content, which means that if you want to give additional content to your NFT buyer, then you can do that. The buyer will save access to the lockable content after he or she will pay for your item. It is important to notice that just a biofuel NFT will receive access to this content and can unlock it. No one else will be able to do it, just the bio. Now the applicable content can be really any content that you can think of. Maybe a special thank you message in text, audio, video or anything that you fink can be nice to give to your bio. You just need to click the toggle button right next to the allocable content text to activate the allocable content option. I don't want to do this, so I will click the lockable content option to turn this option of under the lockable content toggle button, there is an additional toggle button right next to the text, explicit and sensitive content, which I will keep turned off because my NFT is not explicit or sensitive. And you should turn that toggle button on if you NFT is explicit and or sensitive. Now I will just try to sell one copy of my NFT. So I will leave the default number one under the supply caption. You can find the supply text under the explicit and sensitive content toggle button. But of course, if you want to sell to and FTEs, for example, then you need to replace the one with two. And if you want to sell F3 and FTEs, then change it to three and so on. That's it. Let's now just click the blue Create button at the bottom of the page to create our NFT. We can now see a page where we can see our art piece ended notification from Open. See that our NFT has been created and we can now either click the Edit button to edit our listing. If we want to change something in our listing before we put it for sale, it is currently in draft mode. So here is my listing and we can see all the details of my NFT. And if we scroll down, you can see under the trading is to we caption the event that just a code on the left. This event is the creation of our listing. So for me I can again make changes to my listing by clicking the white edit button at the upper right side of the page, or click the blue cell button right next to it to make my listing live. So I will click the cell button. Now. Now there are different methods that you can sell your item. Now if you have a few items which you want to group with this item, you can choose to click on the bundle option. You may want to do that if you have items that you want to sell and they are all related to each other. But for this example, I prefer to use the default set by sorption. I will now set the price in the blank line right next to the peice caption. The amount I will set in the blank line will be 0.009. So just click the blue button to post my listing. I will now need to pay a onetime guess fee. In order to list my item. It is important to know that you will not need to pay for every NFT that you list. You just need to pay this onetime fee and you'll be able to list unlimited LFTs in your collection. Now we can see that the Confirm button is not clickable and that there is a red alert message above the Confirm button that says that we have insufficient funds in our MetaMask wallet. This just means that we now need to fund our MetaMask account to pay for our listing. Now, we could deposit money in our MetaMask wallet after we've created it. But because the listing fee, which is also called a guess phi, constantly changes, then we couldn't have known how much we will be charged in advance. So now that we know the listing fee, let's deposit money to our MetaMask wallet so we can make the payment. We will do that in the next lesson. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 20. How To Buy An NFT: Hi there. In this lesson I want to show you how to buy an NFT. So the first thing you'll want to do is to login to open, see that i o, then before I will start exploring the different. And if T is on the open sea marketplace, our first login to my MetaMask wallet by clicking the profile icon at the top of the website. In many websites on the Internet, we use a username and a password to login or an email with the password. But with the open sea NFT marketplace, you are logging in for a MetaMask wallet because this is the service which will let us make transactions on the marketplace. You can use other digital wallets to signing. But in this training, we are using MetaMask. Then in the window that appears on the right, I will just insert my password inside the blank line under the puzzled caption in the middle of the window. And then I will continue by clicking the blue Unlock button. That's it. I have finished the login process and I will now be directed to my profile page. On my open sea profile page will be able to scroll down and see all the NFT is that they own. I will then click the open sea logo to return to the open sea on page. Then I can simply click the blue Explore button to discover the different LFTs on the open sea NFT marketplace. I can also scroll down the page to view the exclusive open sea drops and the trending NFT is. And I also have a drop-down menu next to the trending in caption, which will let me see that trending LFTs inside a specific category. But in this example, I was caught up and just click the blue Explore button to view all the LFTs in the open sea marketplace. Now, if this NFT, for example, looks interesting to me, I can simply click on it and then click the blue button in the middle of the screen to place my bead on this NFT. If you see a Buy Now button instead of a place bid button. And you can actually buy the NFT right away by clicking on the button. Now regardless if you see a Buy Now button or a place bids button, the payment of DFT will be taken form our digital MetaMask wallet. And if you don't have enough money in your MetaMask wallet to pay for the NFT, then you will need to add funds to your MetaMask wallet. As I show you how to do in another lesson, it is important to know that you can use the same MetaMask wallet in different NFT marketplaces. And you don't need to create a different MetaMask wallet for each marketplace that you use. So if you want to buy an NFT on NFT marketplaces like vulnerable, for example, then you can simply go to Google.com and click the MetaMask wallet option in the middle of the screen to login to your MetaMask wallet. If you prefer to buy LFTs on another NFT marketplace such as Min double. Then again, you just go to the site, in this case, mean double.com. Click the blue connect a wallet button at the top of the site, and then click the blue connect to Wallet button under the MetaMask or web free wallet caption. So to sum it all up, there are different NFT marketplaces around the internet which you can use to buy an NFT. But what remains the same is the one MetaMask wallet that in each of the marketplaces you will login into in order to pay for the transaction fees. So it mean double, for example, I can go inside and NFT listing and then as I doing open see I can use a buy button on the right side of the screen to buy DFT. The payment will be deducted from my MetaMask account. And then if I go to read a ball open sea and buy or sell an item, I will say that my MetaMask wallet as less infill due to my main table payment deduction. Again, the marketplace can change, but you should use the same MetaMask wallet for all your transactions, whether you buy or sell. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 21. How To Fund Your Metamask Wallet: Hi everyone. In this lesson I will show you how to deposit money to your MetaMask wallet. So the first thing I will do is to click on the MetaMask extension icon at the upper right side of the screen. Now if you have installed MetaMask on a Google Chrome browser like me, and you can find a MetaMask extension on your browser, then this might mean that is Eden, and you can unhide it by simply left clicking the puzzle piece icon that is located to the left of the browsers user icon at the upper right side of the screen. Once we click on it, we will see that we can pin or unpin extensions from the toolbar. Pitting an icon will make it visible and unpin. It, will make it eat in. Okay, So once we see the MetaMask wallet icon, we just need to click on it to activate it. Now if you see that you need to reject transactions at the bottom of the window, then reject them first. Next, we will want to click on the icon at the center of the MetaMask wallet window to start the purchasing process of buying EFL, we have two options. Now we have the option at the top, which is 2 by ETH, which means that we can deposit the fill with our debit card. And we also have the option below it, which is to direct deposit the cell which we have bought on another marketplace. I prefer to use my debit card to deposit a fill, but you can choose any option that you pre-fill. So I will now click on the Continue to while white button at the top of the window. I will now type the listing fee, maybe a dollar more just to be on the safe side. If the listing price will change while I am depositing money, then I will scroll down and choose between Ping Fu, Apple Pay to cut payment. I will choose the default cout payment option. Then I will take that tiny box at the bottom of the screen next to the message I authorize while to debit my account indicated for the amount above on today's date and I agreed to wire stems. You can click on the whale stems, tweet it. The terms opens in a new tab. After I tick the tiny box, I will click the blue next button to continue to make my payment. Then after you make it a payment, you can go back to open sea to pay for the listing fee. Now it may take a few minutes for up in C2 ListView item once you pay the fee. But once open sea will list of item, it will be available for the pies you choose for it on open C dot io. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 22. Build An Audience: Hello and welcome to the lesson. If you can take just one thing from this entire course, then take this, build an audience no matter what kind of fan if you decide to release now and in the future, it will be so much easier for you to make this NFT as success if you release it to an existing audience who already likes what you do. So astonished suggests that while you create and publish NFT is following the steps in this course, you will also take some time and start creating a following on one or the social media platforms. You can create a social media account on one of the social media platforms, like the most. And then each time that you list an NFT on any of the NFT marketplaces listed on the social media account, along with a link to your NFT marketplace listing. So for example, let's say that you love to create soil and FTEs. If that's you, then you can create an Instagram account, will self people who like socialism out and including a link in your Instagram bio that will direct people to your open sea account. For example, if you decide to list your soil and FTEs deal, then you can list soil and FTEs can be videos, audios, photos, and illustrations on the open sea that i o marketplace. And then once your NFT listing is life on the open sea mother place, publish a new post on your Instagram account that will show an image of your NFT. Some of the people who will see your post, we want to know more about you so that you will check out your Instagram bio, check the open ceiling inside it, and then there will be directed to your open sea listing for where they can buy obeyed on your NFP. Once you start publishing Instagram posts that promote your NFA listings on open See you will no longer need to rely on the general visitors or found you on open sea. But you might also get views from people will find you on Instagram. The moment if tissue least on open sea. And the more images you post on Instagram, the more views your NFT is we'll get. And as a result, the greater your chances of selling your NFT is. Not to mention that the more LFTs and Instagram posts you create, the better you will become at it. And then you have a much better chance to sell your LFTs. By being persistent, you will have a great chance of building a loyal audience, will wait for your new NFT creations. Now, I mentioned Instagram in this specific example. But again, you can create a social media account on another social media platform. You might like to use YouTube, for example. You can create a YouTube channel, upload videos can be as Crenshaw video for example, with or without you speaking in the background that shows your NFT and in the YouTube video description, put a link to your open sea account. You can also create a TikTok account, put a link to your open sea account in your bio area and then publish videos on TikTok that shows your LFTs. The amazing benefits of using Tiktok is TikToks amazing, organic traffic rich 0. In other words, you can have no following at all on tiktok, not pay for ads, but still get a lot of traffic, even if you just open your Tik Tok account yesterday. Now saying this, it is extremely important that no matter which social media platform you decide to use to grow your audience, that you will be persistent. Again, continue listing new nFET is on open sea and continue posting new posts that will promote your LFTs on your social media account demo, you keep repeating those two steps. The greater your chances will be to sell you LFTs and to sell many of them. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 23. Class Exercise: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to give you an exercise that I would love for you to complete. It is not a difficult exercise at all. All you'll need to do is to simply go for the previous lessons and then implement the tasks that I outlined in the checklist. So let's go over these checklists together. I will include this checklist in the resource area. Step 1, decide on what NFT you want to create. Do you want to show a cat in your NFT or maybe it will be an NFT that shows us step 2, choose the format of the NFT. Will you NFT be an image and audio and animation or maybe a video. Step 3 created the NFT. The NFT creation videos that I've included in this training can help you with that step for setup and MetaMask wallet. Step 5, sign-up with open, see that I owe. You can also choose to sign up with livable.com, mean double.com, or with any ideal NFT marketplace that lets you sell FFTs. Step 6, create an open sea listing, meaning upload your file to open C and then create the listing that will sell it. Step 7, fund your MetaMask wallet. Once open C shows you the listing fee that you will need to pay to list your item on the website. You can then add funds to your MetaMask wallet so it will cover the listing fee. Step 8, the open sea listing fee, and least you NFT step 9, create a social media account on Instagram, on Tiktok, on YouTube, and settler. Step then promote your open sea account on your social media account. That's it. If you've completed the 10 steps and you now have an NFT listed in your open sea account, then you can send me a link, a screenshot, or a video that shows your NFT in your open sea account. You can also feel free to include your exercise in your portfolio. You have my permission and say that this is something that you have made. And it is, I feel that this lesson is one of the most valuable lessons in this course. Because if you complete all the tests in the checklist, then you can really tell yourself that you have understood the lessons that you have watched. Not just theoretically, but practically, there is something about doing things ourselves and overcoming obstacles that we encounter along the way when we learn anything new that make us really understand a topic passively, listening to videos doesn't do it, at least not for me. I know that not all the people are like me. Now if you get stuck, then just re-watch the previous lessons in this course. And of course, I'm always here for you if you need my help. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 24. What Next After This Course: Or like it is me again, I just wanted to show my face again and say goodbye. I really hope that you found like ghosts useful, enjoyable and that it LQ. I am always feel full any question or comments that you may have. So I will say goodbye. And if you like my teaching style than I have some other courses, you as well. So check them out and that's it. Goodbye. 25. EXTRA 1 - The Ideas Workshop - How To List NFT On Solsea (The Open NFT Marketplace on Solana): Hi there. In this course a focused mainly on how to sell your NFT on the open sea that they all marketplace. Yet, as I've explained in a previous video, open seas not the only NFT marketplace that you can list your NFP zone. And other NFT marketplace where you can list your LFTs is called sulci, uses the Serrano block chain and not the Fnet blockchain. And the coin that is exchanged on that marketplace is called Soul, not a fill. I will now show you how you can list your LFTs on this marketplace. So the first thing we want to do is to go to the sulci marketplace website, which is located at sulci that i o. Then the next thing we will want to do is to connect a digital wallet. Now, not all digital wallets are better. End for the sulci marketplace, I recommend you use a digital wallet that is called phantom. Let me show you how to install this plugin on your browser. So to install the plug-in, we will click the Connect wallet blue button at the top of the page, and then we will click on the phantom button. After we click the button, will be directed to the fund on plugin website, which is located on phantom that IP. Then we will just need to click the Add To combat and at the top or at the center of the page. And after we will do that, we will be directed to the Chrome Web Store. Then once you reach the Chrome Web Store, we will want to click the blue Add to Chrome button to install the plug-in. Click the Add Extension button once you see the notification. To do so. Now, if you already have an existing wallet, then you can restore it by clicking the US Secret recovery phrase button. But I want to create a new one in this video. So I will click the blue Create New Orleans button. Now, you would want to copy the words that you've seen these books. Install this phrase in a safe place. This phrase is a phrase that you want to use if you want to recover your frontal wall it in the future. In a nutshell, the second phase is very much like an account password. And without this account password, you will not be able to recover and access your digital phantom wallet. So I this face down and keep it in a safe place because if someone sees this phase, he or she will have access to your digital account and potentially can steal money from it. After you wrote down the secret phrase and save it in a safe place, you'll want to click the blue, okay, I save it somewhere button to continue. So as I said, the secret phrase purpose is to estoy account. If for whatever reason you deleted your computer or if, for example, you bought a new computer. Now the purpose of the password that we are now about set is the same purpose that any password is. And it is just to give you access to your wallet. So I will just type a password in the puzzled field. Just type a password that you are going to remember and then retype the same password inside the confirm password field. Then tick the tiny box next to the I agree to the terms of service. You can lead a terms of service by clicking on the terms of service link. And then I will simply click the blue Save button to save my new password. Now we have a notification that basically informs us that we can access our wallet at anytime by simply pressing the Alt, Shift and peak keyboard keys together on our keyboard. So let's type now, let's press the alt on our keyboard. Without releasing our old on the button, you would want to press on the Shift key with another finger. And then again without addressing the two fingers, we will use another finger to place the peaky. And is our digital wallet pops up. Let's now click the blue Continue button and then the blue Finish button to finish the process. Now the next thing we want to do is to make the fundamental that icon visible on our browser. And to do that, we will want to click the puzzle piece icon extension top right side of our Basel, and then just click the Pin icon next to the word phantom. And now we can see the phantom icon next to the puzzle icon. And if we click on that icon, we will be able to see how a digital wallet. The next thing we want to do is to deposit some crypto coins into our wallet. So we can pay this website fees. We can get crypto coins, which are called Solana soul from different companies. And in this video, I will show you how to get some salt coins from a company called Moon pay. So to purchase all coins, you first need to move your mouse until you reach the top of the phantom wallet window. And then click where you see the message, Copy to Clipboard. This will save our digital wallet address so we can paste it later. Then you'll want to click on the deposit button inside your font wallet, and then simply click the buy width moon Pay button. Then let's click the link next to the amount caption. Insert the minimum amount, which is 0.53. And then click the Continue button, the bottom of the window. Then insert the email address that you want to use to register with Moon Bay and click the blue Continue button at the bottom of the window. Then I will copy diversification call that won't pay as just sent to my e-mail and paste it inside the blank line under the verification code caption. Then you just need to read the terms of agreement and privacy policy by clicking onto two links. And if you do them just among the tiny box next to them. Now, let's move to the next step by clicking the blue Continue button at the bottom. Once we see the SOC 1s inside our phantom account, we will want to move to the next step, which is to register to the sulci website. So now we will want to click on the Connect wall at the top of the website and then click on the phantom. But so we have created excess details to access our phantom wallet, and we will now need to create excess details to access the source. See that i o website. And we can do that by registering to the website. Let's click on this still not registered link at the bottom of the page. Now you will want to insert your email address and password and then repeat the Passover under the retype password caption, and then click the register button at the bottom of the page. Once you are done. Now we will be directed to our new profile page and we will now want to edit it. So I will first click the toggle button under the, do you want your profile to be public? Corruption? Because it tells me what my profile details to be public. So marketplace visitors will be able to know more about me. I will then insert my profile image and the air they'll image. And if you don't have those, then check out the lesson in this course in which I show you how to get images from sites such as Pixabay and splash or pixels. Then I will write my full name under the name caption. And I will write a few words about me inside the bio section. And just click the blue Submit button at the bottom of the website. Once you do that, you will see the green Success notification at the top of the website. The next thing we want to do is to create a collection. Basically a page will all out pieces will be saved. And we will do that by othering our mouse over the Create menu at the top of the page. And then by clicking the collection option. And all we need to do on this Create Collection page is to entail the details of our collection. So just as an example, if my plan is to create 20 images, then I can name my collection. And inside this collection, I will upload 20 images of kids. Before I continue, I just want to mention that if you are not sure what to type inside a specific field, then know that you have great text inside the lines that gives you an example of the kind of text you can insert. And you also have the blue question marks that when other all will tell you exactly what you need to insult. Now if we scroll down, we will see that we need to insert images to our collection page. And if you are not shoe out to a size, you'll images so they will suit the specific dimensions that the website wants. Check out the lesson in this course in which I show you how to use the Canvas website to resize your images. So I've inserted all the details that I mentioned and I also insert tags that describe my outlook and eight character collection symbol, you can write any characters that you want. And because my collection does not include explicit and sensitive content, I will not click the toggle button under the NSW caption. That's it. All I need to do now is to click the blue Create Collection button at the bottom of the page. That's it. Now that my collection has been created, I can start uploading my first image into it, and I can do that by putting my mouse over the Create menu. But this time I will click on the NFT option instead of the collection option. And again, I will now just insert all the details that the website asks as I did previously to create my collection. The difference will be that this time the details we know describe the entire collection, but only the specific image that I want to upload to my collection. As you can see, there is a preview window and the right side of the page that shows us every change we make. Now before we continue, I will go over the most important fields on this page. The first one is royalties from secondary sales. Here we can set the percentage of revenue that we want to receive from secondary sales of our NFT. Which means that if our NFT bio decides to sell the NFT or she has bought from us to another bile, we will get a certain percentage from that sale. The only limitation is that the bio of our NFT must sell the NFT on sulci because not all NFT marketplaces support this feature. Now the most important field on this page is the text field. And the reason that this field is so important is that your outlook will be searchable on the sulci marketplace based on these tags. And another very important field is the license. And you can choose the license that you want based on your needs. And if you're not sure which license you want to give with your NFT, then just click the docs that sulci that i o forward slash license link to compare between the different licenses, I would pick the public display forward slash non-commercial exploitation. The last important field is the collection field. You don't have to use a collection if you just want to create specific entities. But if you do want to have a collection, then just choose the collection that we have previously created form the dropdown list. The field below the collection field is the traits field. So if you, for example, uploading an image of a cat with blue eyes, then you can type IS color inside the left field and look inside the second field right next to it. And you can insert multiple traits if you want. So once we have inserted all the details on this page, we will just click the blue mint NFT button at the bottom of the page to continue. Then I'm going to pay again for listing the NFL. And that's it. We will now see the congratulations message that convinced that our NFT was created. We can now open our event them all, and click the gallery icon at the bottom of the wallet window to see our collection. We can also see our collections on the soar website. We can do that by hovering the mouse over the maypole File menu and by clicking on the My collections option. Now we will want to list our NFT. And to do that, Let's avert our mouse over the Blue Wallet button at the top of the page, click on the NFT is in my wallet option. And then list NFT button under the image. Our NFT. For example, I will list my NFT for 0.3, so I will not click the toggle button. You will only want to turn this toggle button on if you don't want you NFT to appear publicly on the marketplace and you just want to share the link to the listing with specific people. Great, I will now just click the list NFT blue button at the bottom of the window to list the NFT. Approve the transaction inside my phantom wallet. And we now see the green success message at the top of the page that says NFT listed successfully, great, our NFT is now available for sale. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 26. EXTRA 2a - The Ideas Workshop - Polygon Blockchain Introduction - How To Sell NFT Without Gas Fee: Hello and welcome to the lesson. If the effusion guess fees to I and if you put fillna to create digital artworks as an if, then I believe that the upcoming lessons we'll be explaining interesting to you because in them I will be addressing both issues. In the upcoming lessons, I will show you how you can upload the LFTs to open sea without needing to know anything about design and without paying any fees. That is currently 2.5 per cent service fee that we will need to pay open see, whenever we sell our FTEs on the marketplace. But again, this payment would only be deducted if we were actually successful in selling our NFP. And not before that. We are going to list our nFET is on open sea, but we will be doing so on a layer to blockchain called polygon that walks with helium in simple votes. The polygon blockchain is another blockchain on the open sea NFT marketplace in which we can list our NFT zone. It was basically created to address some of the issues that affiliate. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 27. EXTRA 2b - What Is The Polygon Blockchain Major Advantage - Sell NFT Without Gas Fee: Ideal. In this lesson, I want to discuss the major advantage, but also the major disadvantages of listing our LFTs on the polygon blockchain. To do that, let's first go to the open sea that they owe NFT marketplace. Once we learned on the website, Let's click the search line plus the enthalpy button on our keyboard. Click the scoring bulb, movie down, click the menu, then click on the filename option. Once we do that, we will see at the top of the page that currently there are more than 18 million listings on the Ethereum blockchain. Now, if we click the X button inside the helium textbooks, do we move this filtering tag and then click on the political option at the left side of the page, we will just see the list things that are listed on the polygon blockchain, which are a little bit over 6.5 million. These things still many listings but a lot less. So this is one of the main advantages of listing and NFT on the polygon blockchain versus the filename blockchain. Simply less competition. But the disadvantage is that many buyers ffill in digital wallet and none of the polygon cryptocurrencies. Let me explain what I mean by that. Let's say that you listed your NFT or the polygon blockchain. Let's say that this is your listing. And now I came along with just the film in my misquoted, clicked on your listing, then decided that they want to purchase your NFP. I couldn't technically do it because as you can see, if i other my mouse cursor over the ether icon, we will see the sentence if on polygon, which means that they couldn't have purchased your NFT with the full cryptocurrency, but only with cryptocurrencies that walk on the polygon blockchain. If I wanted to purchase this NFT, I would need to pay guess fee in order to bleach my E fell into the polygon network. Breach basically means move. Another advantage that if helium is over polygon is that if you list your NFP on the film blockchain, you can create an auction, which you can't do with polygon. But again, there are no guest is when you list your entities on the polygon blockchain. And this is a major advantage over the filename, which has both onetime fees and recording fees. I heard about NFT sellers who sold their LFTs all the theorem blockchain. But because they didn't calculate the gas phase properly, they eventually lost money from the sale. I suggest that you go to Google, search for open see Fees. Scroll down and click on the water guess fees only filename, open sea search result. To which this page where you see all the helium gas phase. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 28. EXTRA 2c - My Gameplan Inspiration - Beeple, Sultan Gustaf Al Ghazali Everyday Selfie NFT: Hello and welcome to the lesson. I've explained the major advantage and also the major disadvantages of listing your LFTs for sale on the polygon blockchain. Now I want to explain how you can list nFET is on open sea even if you don't want to sell out and if the lag images and animations, the only thing you will need is willingness to show your face. I will explain what I mean by that. You see in this course, I've told you about Mike week element with the digital artist called people. Just as a refresher, Mike creates and lists on Instagram one digital Outlook each and every day, and sold one of his artworks as an NFT to a poor glutamyl with also a cryptocurrency in Vestal from Singapore for $69 million. This one outlook is a collage of the first five thousand digital images that he created. Myc causes project every days. He actually didn't invent this name every day. But God inspiration for his evidence series from a British artist called Tom John. Now, the reason that they're mentioning Mike's every day's project for the second time in this course is because of another person. Well, I want to introduce you to this person is a 22 years old computer science college student from Indonesia called Salton Gustaf, a ghostly like my quick goleman created an evidence project named this project Ghazali everyday. Now, I wouldn't mention an adult every day's project in this lesson, lesson, which is not about creating artworks. If there wasn't for certain twist that certain Gustaf made in his everyday is project Ghazali everyday project is not about creating a new outfits online each and every day like Mike Winckelmann does, it is about taking a selfie each and every day. Basically, salt and Gustaf took a selfie of himself sitting in front of his computer every day for five years. And then solve this. Then nine other than 34 selfies online as LFTs on open sea, fault free dollars a piece. The reason for the low price of $3, because he himself didn't actually believe that people would want to buy itself is NFT, after all, the purpose of creating those photos to begin with was not in order to turn them into NFT, but to create a time-lapse video for his graduation. I remember myself, it was a long time ago searching for and if d is an open sea, and I saw one of Sultan Gustaf selfless. And back then, I didn't know anything about him or his project. So I didn't understand why someone would at least a selfie of himself on open sea. Note that it is not possible, but I remember that I didn't understand why this person thinks that someone will want to buy a selfie office. I didn't think that there is a market for selfish in general. I also didn't think that there is a market for self is LFTs. So I just continued with my day and actually forgot about the whole thing. I forgot about it until one day I just bumped into this tiktok video. This guy became a millionaire by just taking photos of themselves every day and making them into an NFT collection, goes on every day, took a daily photo of himself from 18 to 22 and made them into LFTs for years he was posting with nothing to show for it. No one was buying them. However, out of the blue yesterday his collection blew up. And now there's literally hundreds and hundreds of sales every single day with a total volume traded almost exclusively today of 288 or $932 thousand and showing no signs of slowing down. So are you gonna be picking this up for your own personal collection? I was blown away and they started doing some online research to confirm the details that we both know LD on the tiktok video. And actually found many articles from leading newspaper publications about Gonzalez every day's project. In my research, I have discovered that Ghazali listed is self is on the polygon blockchain again for $3 a piece. And fortunately, a celebrity chef purchased a few of these LFTs and promoted them on his social media accounts. Now, the reason that I'm mentioning suit and Gustafsson everyday project is not because I would advise you to sell selfies of yourself as n of t is on the filename blockchain because it is too whiskey due to the, I guess fees. But if you have no problem with selling yourself is as LFTs, as long as someone would be willing to buy them, maybe even as a meme, like it might have been in the Sultan Gustafsson every base case. Then this is a way to make LFTs without needing anything. But your face. Personally speaking, I am going to do this and I'm going to take you for the process of listing my first selfie as an NFT in the upcoming lessons. Now, if you don't want to list your selfies as LFTs, but you do want to learn how to list your items on the polygon blockchain, then just continue watching the upcoming lessons because I'm going to cover the pauses. Okay, so that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 29. EXTRA 2d - How To Create An NFT Collection On The Polygon (MATIC) Blockchain: Alone, Welcome to the lesson. Okay, so to list our nFET is on the polygon blockchain. We will first want to go to Open seed that i o, if you're not there already, then if you're not already logged into open sea with your MetaMask wallet, click the watertight icon at the upper right-hand corner of the website, and then login to your mathematics digital wallet, as I will be doing now, if you don't ever met a mask digital wallet yet, then watch the lesson in this course in which I showed you how to install the Mathematics digital wallet. Next, most coastal over your profile icon, which is located at the upper right side of the screen. And then click the My collections option. If you've already created the collection in the past under this specific digital account which you are now connected to, then you are going to see this collection on this open seepage. But if you've never created a collection before, again under this specific digital account that you are now connected tool, then this page is going to be empty, okay, So regardless if you have a collection on your collections page or not, you will now want to click on the create the collection button and sign into open sea to confirm to open seat that you accept the Terms of Service. Now in this course we have a lesson that shows how to create a collection on the filename blockchain. And if you've gone for this lesson, you will soon see that the posts of creating a collection on the polygon blockchain is very similar. So the first thing we need to do is to upload a logo image, a feature of the image, and a banner image, preferably based on open seas recommended sizes. Now, I only showed you in different lessons in this course how to create images for the Kendler website. So if you already know how to create the images, then feel free to skip this spot. And if you want to follow along while I'm resizing my images with Canada, then feel free to do so as well. I will talk again in a few minutes after I finish with sizing and uploading my images to open sea. So after we have finished uploading all the images to our collection, the next step is to name our collection in the line under the name caption. I'm going to name my collection or MU email every day's. Then I'm going to customize the URL for my collection in the line under the URL caption. We can also describe our collection in the big blank box on the description caption. Then under the category caption, let's select the category to help make our collection discoverable on open C. Notice that we can only select a maximum of one category. I will not add any links under the links caption, but you can add links if you like. Now I'm going to do something extra that I didn't see that certain Gustaf, the Indonesian student that I mentioned previously, did in this project. I guess this is because of the fact that it didn't actually believe the people we want to buy yourself is, which is to collect a royalty fee, which I will specify under the royalties caption. This royalty fee will be collected each and every time that someone will resell one of my self is after doing my own research, I've come to realize that many people, what the article about the Indonesian students, Salton Gustaf, fought that Sultan Gustaf himself made $1 million from selling the NFV is in his collection. But for myelin search, that's not the case. In reality, the trade volume was $1 million, but sold them. Gustaf himself made less than that. The reason that he made less than that is because suit and Gustaf initially sold each one of his LFTs for free dollars because it just didn't believe they will sell it. Again, not that he didn't do well with selling is LFTs, but not as well as many people think. I will try to maximize the potential of my collection by adding a 10% royalty fee under the royalties caption, which again means that I will collect a 10% well-defined whenever a user we cells one of the selfies in my collection, I will now add my MetaMask digital wallet address under the your payout wallet address that There's just opened. Now we have reached a crucial part in this lesson, which is the part in which we tell open see that we want to list our collection on the polygon blockchain. So under the blockchain encryption, we will just want to click on the filename default option inside the drop-down list and then switch to the polygon option. And as written, ill polygon is a first guess free blockchain experienced that works with the filename. Below the payment token. We will see that the polygon token has been chosen for us by default because we are about to list our collection in the polygon blockchain. And then inside the line where we see the world's a token, let's also add all the additional tokens that are currently available on polygon. Under the Display thing caption, we can change our our items will be shown yet I will stick with the default contained option. Now, as I explained previously, my collection will contain my own selfish, so I will not turn on the toggle button under the explicit and sensitive content caption at the right side of the screen. But of course, if your plan is to create a collection that will contain NF2 images which are explicit and sensitive than do turn that toggle button on it. Let's click the Create button at the bottom of the page to list our collection on the polygon blockchain. And by doing so, we will later be able to create and sell our LFTs on the polygon blockchain. I just want to remind you in advance that creating collections and nFET is on a blockchain, takes time to process. Don't worry if you see that it takes some time before you see your collection or later on your NMT is available in your open sea account. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 30. EXTRA 2e - How To Create A Polygon NFT On OpenSea: Ideal. After our collection has been created, we will want to click the Add Item button at the upper right side of the screen to add the first NFT to our collection again under the polygon blockchain. Then I'm going to click the box under the image video, audio or 3D model caption. Then I'll click the selfie image of myself and then click the Open button at the bottom of the open window to upload the selfie image. Then I'm going to choose a name for my collection and type it under the name caption. I don't want to put an external link on the items details page, so I will leave the blank line under the external link caption blink. I will now describe my item under the description caption. You can of course decide whether or not you want to write anything under the external link and description captions. Then under the collection caption, we can see that open sea as associated our listing with our polygon blockchain collection that we just created. And if we decided this point in time to move our NFT to another collection that we have. We can do that now if we see our other collection available when we click the drop-down list, but I have just one collection. So I'm going to continue. Notice that there is a LP icon under the collection caption that will give us more information about this feature. Under the collection caption, we have different options to add information to our listing for properties, levels, stats are lockable content and explicit and sensitive content. Yet in this example, I'm not going to add any of those, the popular these levels and states will be applicable if you're NFT is a character in a collection where each character as different attributes. The allocable content feature will be relevant if you want to give a gift or some kind of edit content to your bio, the content will only be revealed to your NFT bile. And explicit and sensitive content I already covered. And you can read more about it when you hover your mouse over the Help icon. Now, the most interesting part about this page is under the supply caption. The line under the supply caption, we can specify how many copies of our NFT we want to make available for sale. And they won't only want to be available. So I will type one in the line under the supply caption. There isn't that time specifically mentioning this supply field is that this field is not available when you sell your LFTs on the filename blockchain, which means that on the film blockchain, you can only sell one copy of your LFTs no more than that. We can click the drop-down list under the blockchain caption to switch to the affiliate blockchain. And if we do so, we will no longer be able to sell more than one copy of our LFTs because the supply field will be set to one and we will not be able to edit it. I will just switch back to the polygon network. We can continue and the supply field is now editable again. Under the fluids metadata caption opens, it tells us that we have the option to freeze, meaning safely store the metadata information of our NFT, not including the lockable content, but this will cost us gas phase. And this is not an action that we have to take, so I will not use this option. Okay, so once we are done filling all the details on this page, we just need to click the Create button at the bottom of the page to list our NFT. Again, the pulses can take some time before it is complete. Let's wait together a bit. And as you can see, we just got a notification from Open see that our NFT was created. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 31. EXTRA 2f - How To List An NFT On The Polygon Blockchain: Hi everyone. Great. So we've created our collection and we have also created our end of. The last remaining step is to list our land if the open sea. Let's close this notification window by clicking the X button at the upper right-hand corner of the window. We are now on our end if the listing, and we will now want to click the cell button at the upper right side of the screen to list our N of t. Okay, so in the blend client under the prescription, we can specify the price that we want to sell our. And if the four I will select full round three dialogues is Wooster and stiff. Indeed, we can also click the drop-down list next to the price we specified and change, deflect the coincide to another polygon. Coincidence. I will stick to the default option, which is the fill on polygon. Under the caption, we can click the drop-down list and change the duration in which our NFP will be available for sale. I will against stick with the default one month duration. We can also click the More Options link under the duration caption. Click the toggle button until the reserve for specific buyer caption, and then type the digital wallet, the blessed of the specific bile that we want to sell our end if T2 inside the line under the sale folks specific buyer caption. I don't want to do that. I will turn the toggle button off. So as I said previously, we don't pay guess fees when we list our LFTs on the polygon blockchain. But currently, we do need to pay a 2.5% service fee to open. See each time that we sell an NFT on the marketplace. In other words, we will earn a certain amount by selling our NFT on Open. See, from this amount open C will take 2.5 per cent service fee, and then we will also earn from the recording royalties. If you have set a world to feed, as I did previously, I have set my royalty fee at 10% each and every time that my NFT will be solved, I will 10% form the sale amount. Okay, I will now click the complete least think a button at the bottom of the page to list the NFT for sale. Then we will have a notification that informs us that before we can list double NFP on open sea, we needed to unlock the cone. See, this only needs to be done once. So let's click the Unlock button to continue. Then automate them as digital world will open. And we will now want to click the Send button at the bottom of feed to a pool the transaction and continue. Then once the process is complete, we need to sign again without digital wallet. So again, I'll click the Send button at the bottom of the Mathematics digital wallet to continue. That's it. Our item is now listed for sale on Open see under the polygon blockchain. Now before I go, I just want to explain what they plan to do in the upcoming days. If you want to follow my journey and do the send yourself each and every day from now on, I'm going to shoot an adult self feel for myself and then go back to this collection and the East it as an NFT. I want to be clear that I have never done this thing before. So I have no idea if anyone will ever want to buy any of myself is I believe in creating many experiments like this one and the ope, that out of all the experiments one or low, we'd be successful. And I will stick with the experiments that worked for me and the VOIP or change the experiments that didn't work for me, even if this experiment will not walk, at least I hope that I was successful in explaining how to list. And if these on the polygon blockchain, if you ever decide to list your end if thes on it. So that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 32. EXTRA 2g - How To Add Additional NFTS To Your Polygon Blockchain Collection: Hi everyone. In this lesson I'm going to show you how you can add to your polygon collection. I've opened the windows to open the windows. And I'm now going to go to my profile image in the first window and then click on my collections. Then I'm going to click on this image of my collection. Scroll down and click on the end of the inside this collection. Great. Now in the second window, again, I'm going to my portfolio image, my collection. Then I'm going to click on the image inside. To go inside. Then I will just click on the Add Item button above. Then I'm going to click on the image here and just upload the new image. Now I'm going to the first window. I will copy the title and just change it inside the second window to the top because this is the second image in the collection. I will not put anything inside external link. I'm going to put something inside the description. Let's just copy paste the description form the filth and if T. And I'm going to scroll down and so you can see the collection is associated to these listing. By default. I'm not going to add abilities level starts nothing. I'm going to do it exactly the same as I did it for the fields. And if the supply is going to be one again, the blockchain is polygon, which is great though for his metadata because I don't want to pay the additional gas phase. And I'm just going to click on the query. Then once you see the NFV inside your collection, just click on it. Then click the cell button at the top. Just choose your bias. I'm going to copy the same place formed the first. And if it's still 0.012, can copy it for me. I'll just paste the deal and the duration is one month, So it's okay. Everything looks okay. I'm just going to click on the complete listing button and click Sign. Make sure that you are connected with your polygon mimetic network. That's it. You only have these listed from now on every day. I'm going to repeat the same process and just change the title to number four to normal and number four, the day after tomorrow and so on. So that's it for this lesson. And I'm going to see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 33. EXTRA 3a1 - Create A 3D Image With Cinema 4D - An Alternative Method: Idle. So, not so long ago, I found these online article that explains our digital realities. That goes by the name VPL was able to sell a single digital image as an NFT for 69 million dollars. This NFT was part of a project which is called Everyday is basically people created and published a new digital image every day for the past 14 years. And the effort is image that was sold for 69 million dollars was an image that contained all the images that the pill is created for our sales up until that point. B pill is a name is Mike Lincoln Lynn said that he creates all these digital out by using a 3D computer animation software, which is called Cinema 4D. So I wanted to follow my footsteps by creating and uploading a new NFT each and each and every day. I started doing that on October 1st, 2021. And now it is the simple free 2021. So there's been two months since I started this challenge and I haven't missed a day in this lesson, in the upcoming lessons, I'm going to show exactly how it started from a place of not knowing or knowing very little about designed to replace well, I create a brand new design from scratch each and every day and upload it to Instagram. Now, as I mentioned, Mike Winckelmann didn't start creating digital out yesterday and it took him many ills of outlook and consistency. And T was able to build a fan base and achieve this level of success. So I understand that it can be a very long journey. And then I'm going to share my journey with you in this lesson and in future lessons. Usually, my lessons are scripted, but I will try to make my design is since not scripted. So there will be more fun to watch because the, because the lessons I'm not going to be because the lesson some are going to be scripted and my native language is not English. I might make mistakes while talking. So I hope you will not get angry with me. Now, like always, if you have any questions after watching this lesson or in the future, then feel free to contact me and I will try to help. So let's start the journey together. So this is the outlook that people is created and was sold for 69 million donors. And if you want to install the software that the police using, just need to type cinema 4D inside Google. And you will have which this page where you see the search results. And you know what, you want to click on the Cinema 4D, the option, you, once you click this option, you will be directed to the maximum. This is the company that created the cinema 40. They'll be directed to the website. And you can tie all the software. It's a, it's a paid software, but you can try it out by just clicking the option at the top of the website. Then just click the blue download the mixin app button. And it will maybe be a different version by the time you see this video, because you already know these divisions, they are always there are always new versions, so you just need to install it like you install any other software on your computer and and that's it. Basically, I already have mine installed. So I'm using this, say my venture. And by the way, I will show you, I will show the fastest way to use this, say the fastest way that I know to use the software. But if you want to go more in depth and learn the software as I did initially, you just need to go to Google again and just type cinema 4D tutorial. And then when we see scena, scena udacity.com, just click on this link. And getting started with Cinema 4D release 20. And you'll be able to see step-by-step, step-by-step videos. And that will guide you through the process on the right from the very beginning. As you can see, there are many videos, zeal, and you'll be able to learn the software really good as I did. But I will show you how I do it every day to create my images. So as I said, I have the software installed. This is the software and the box that you've seal is the viewport. It's the main area that we would be walking at. But if you want to change it from the perspective view that we now see, you just need to click this tiny icon, this tiny box icon, let's say at the upper right end side of the window. And you just need to do another way on another one. We have the perspective with the top one that I default. Once you see one that you want to look at, just click on it, and then just click hold and just blast the middle mouse button. Okay, so when we now inside the top view and now you can see the models from the top. And if you want to go back, you can either just by same, just click this button, a book sale on, just place the middle mouse button and go to perspective mode again by just pressing on it with the middle mouse button. So this is the view area. And the buttons on the keyboard that I use most often are the number one. Keyboard key, you just need to press on it and pressing this button, you need to place on the left mouse key and then just move your mouse while pressing the two buttons. And this will just make it the viewport move from left to right, like this. And if you do the same thing, but instead of the number one, you just press the number 2 button. And again, you need to also to press the left mouse button. When you do that, you can just go form a. You can still get an Incan zoom out. You can also zoom in and zoom out with the middle mouse button. And then at the end. Lastly, if you press the three key number freak 123, and I'm a free key on your keyboard. And while you place it, you place the left mouse button, you can all Tate. So those are three very apt for buttons that you would want to use during your creation process, during the creation process. So the first thing I usually do, and of course there are many ways this is a very, very brittle Paul Glenn, very complex organ. And there are many ways that you can, you can use the software that I use it is first of all to create the ground. So the way I paid the ground simply by placing the left mouse button on these, on these say shape on this cube. And then by picking that plane. So I'm just clicking on it. And it will release the plane. Here it is. Okay, and again, in order to see it, I want to go down. So I just place the number one thing on the cable and click the mouse button and just go down the left mouse button. Okay? So this is the plane and this would be the ground. And I can also make sky if I just left-click on this icon here with the flow, and then without loosing my old on the mouse button, I just go to sky and then release the old. These creates sky. Now we want to maybe put some colors on the ground and on the sky. So you just double left-click the cilia here, the books at the very bottom. And this will create the material that you can use. The default value will be the yellow color, this white color. And you can just rename it if one, but I've left clicking the Met a text and just cried, for example, ground-up. Like if it with whatever you know, whatever way you like. So I will just type colon for example. And then I just left-click it. And without releasing my old on the button, on the left mouse button, I suggest for that it until I reach the plane and then top it will, and it will turn to white. And the singles for the sky can just left-click the material celiac, and it will create a new material. And I can pick the black color, is can see on the right side of the on the screen we can change color. So I'm picking the black color and then left clicking it and just pushing it to the sky area. So anyway, ill would be fine and then just ate opening down and everything is now black. The next thing I want to do is to create some light. So it will light at the area. We have different kinds of lights and, but usually I just click, left-click on the light and then left-click or so of I don't release my old when I say the target light option. And this will create the target light, which we walk on this area that I kill on the ground. And you can go up again by placing the number one button and blessing the left mouse button and moving your mouse down by holding the buttons. And once you reach the light, you receive free and host the choline day of it and the blue. And in order to move the light, you just need to click on the blue arrow and move it to the top like this. And this will create more light, them all up. You put it, the more light it will blink. And again, I'll just move them a view area and zoom out with my middle mouse button. So I can see the entire viewport. And I'm just going to move it up so we see more light. And now the area is Lighten. And what I want to do now, once I do that is to blink some a, to import some modal students to inside Cinema 4D. And there is a website which is called turbo squid. And inside this website you can name, download some motives. So let's go. Two, Tomas query.com and you need to create a free account. And after you create a free account, you can skew, can simply type the 3D model that you are looking for. Self, for example, let's say that I'm looking to create a hotel to import in a desert texture. So I just type the result n plus n tau. And in, although there are many kinds of options, seal and most of them or some of them are paid options that you need you need to pay in order to download them. But I'm just looking in this tutorial for the fleet images to free models. So in order just to see the Fremont thus I can just click on the price drop down list steel and just click on free. And I can also click on the formats option. And just click on OBJ, which are the kinds of files that woke. We'd seen him a 4D and this will refresh the page and just show us flee images free or OBJ. Obj images that we can, OBJ not images models that you can do that we can use. So different one Cl, not many because the download page and let's take this fund, these desert terrain fantasy, I'm not sure what it is, but let's tie them, just clicking on it and then I will click the Download button. We can see a preview of how it's going to look. Let's click the Download button at the very bottom of the page. We can close this window. And in a few seconds we will see the new model. And all the models that you all had a seal are models that have previously downloaded. So they have to file synonym can see more files if we click on the plus icon next to the show on captions. And what we are looking for different files seal, but we are looking for the OBJ file. We don't we are not looking for the Autodesk, all the free these next, we're looking for the OBJ. And if you haven't, if you don't have a software that open zip file, you need to go to Google's simply and you can, for example, download and extracting software which is called wind wow. And just click on the window, download free and support. We can download the software. It's a free software and install it on your computer. Once you install it, you will be able to open zip file is and how files. So let's click on the File option, the OBJ file, there'll be j. So I clicked on it. And then I can, for example, click the Save button to save it on my computer. And then once the file is on a computer, I can click on it. And this will open the extraction software. We can close this notification and then just take this file and for example, drop it on my desktop. I just need to left-click it and then drag it until I reach the bottom of the well for the Windows, VM is clean and then I will go ahead and just going to drop it on my desktop. Now usually I prefer to create a folder. Will I just get on my end if t is all my images. So I have the folder called every day, so I'm just going to double left-click it. And another for the 2021. And I'm going to pick descend on because this is demands that we are calling clean. And let's just call it, for example, new quantile. I'm going to call it, I don't know how and when to call it quits. It's a new project. I don't have any idea in mind what I'm going to create. So let's just call it my idea, just a random generic name that they're going to change later on. So once I clear this folder, I can simply again the leg it but this time to this folder. Okay, so it's inside there. I can now go back to Cinema 4D and what they need to do in order to bring these this model to my project, I just need to click on the File menu and then click on the Manage option. Then I just need to pick. Just a second. I'm going to go to the right folder. Just going to the right folder where it is, it is my idea. And then just going to click on it, you can eat a W2 left-click or click the Open button at the bottom. And then just click on the Okay at the bottom. And this will import the desert modal inside the same. We'll take a few seconds and then we'd be able to see it and use it on our scene. So you might not be able to see the page depends on the size of the file. But if you want to see it, it seems like it's too small. You need to place the T button on your keyboard and wind plus the T button. Press the left mouse button as we did previously, and just move your a, move your mouse to the top of to me, I mean, either moving up or down and it will extend. The model. May take some time depending on the size of day in the more than it is. Now. Let's rotate it again. If I want to want it, they need to place the Free button and the mouse button, the left mouse button, as I can see. Okay, So I need to all data the same model. In order to audit the model, I need to click hill what it says, so what it at the top. And then just click on either the blue and the green or the red lines in order to vote in the image. Let's take for example. Oh, okay, and vaulted in alterity. Now I'm going to click on the Move icon. And then again, I need to move the mouse, the move to it'll move the st and then click on the blue. It would be to become isolated, the loyal, and just move it up. Still not okay, so I'm going to use the old it icon again and we just all like debt. And again, I'm going to use the Move key, the Move icon, and move it. You actually don't need the flow, so I can just click on it and first the done button. Now I'm going to place the T button on the keyboard again and the left mouse button and move the mouse up so it will extend again. Okay, so now we can go back to turbo squid and see if we have some colored seal texture. See on that we can put on the on the ground. I don't see any, but sometimes the images, JPEG images, for example, in other files that you can use a tomb to make it a go and look better. Or the other mode is on modus in January. So let's just create a color and just put it on the ground. So double left-click. And then I'm going, for example, to take the yellow column. And once they pick a color, just left-click on this collar, I can if I want, change it to ground, got to change the name to oncologist, can just rename it and left-click on it and then dopey deal, gulp. Well, okay, looks nice. Now we want to import our delay models inside of a project so we can go to again the homepage. I'm just going to click on the turbo squid logo wheel on the left titled the page. And then let's call this sample type men. And then placenta. And again, I'm going to change it applies to fleet and the formats to OBJ. Obj, OBJ in it isn't just going to click on the tiny box and show me the OBJ files. So they'll be friend. And what this let's take this guy, he'll, let's click on it and then download button. As you can see, it's really isn't close this window. And if I already, I think that I already downloaded this and I'm sure that I have already downloaded the same model, so it's not going to appear at the top. So I need to look for, look for it and I can search, use the search function at adopt and just type a, just like men. And, and press Enter. And I'm going to seal all the models that as the name, that if the name men inside them, I'm just going to go full on them. Others will take a few seconds and find the one that I'm looking for. I can also do it manually, just call down and find it like this. Because I see that he takes too long. I will stop it. Let's try to find find it like that. I can just press the Control and F buttons together when I came out and look for the world of men. And then click the LK to find it. Welcome everyone to take this one. This one looks like she bit till. I usually like to create so we'll outlook. So this one, we worked perfectly. And I would just again click on the OBJ file. Now it's not zipped this file. So I can just just downloaded directly to the folder without even opening means, without extracting some, just going to click on it. And then I'm going to search for the folder. And a nice thick that they usually do is once I locate the folder that I'm walking, walking on a name, I'm just going to copy the web or the list, put it inside. Note that, for example. And then instead of going all the time to the same place and time to find the right folder. I can just copy and paste it inside the web or Dallas area and go down directly. So this is the area where you can adequately name the file, for example, can call it, for example, face because this is a face and supported to keep the OBJ. Or maybe you can remove it just a phase because the, the extension it save this and then OBJ, we will see a slightly move it and just place, just click the Save button at the bottom. Okay, now let's go to seem of a Friday. Go to File Neo4j. And as you can see, the file is still downloaded. It will take a few seconds. As you can see, it's a big file. The bigger the file, the more time it takes. So let's wait. We'll take three minutes. In the meantime, let's look for Adele images. O other, let me show something else. In the meantime, we'll take two minutes and you can change colors. Then the color of the light, if you just click on the delight, the right side of the page, it will be highlighted. And then you can interchange the light by changing the colors here. Okay? As you can see, the light changes. So you can, if you want, for example, to have a wet surface, just switch it to whether Connecticut blue surface if you change it to blue or green. And you can also just click the use temperature will tiny book sale. And to create an intent to color temperature, to create a new light and new column. Okay, Let's take the right one for example. I'm not sure why, but let's take it. And still with still three minutes to go. So again, we will see something else in the meantime. So a, we can also change the settings of our project. We can do it by just pressing Control B together on our keyboard. And this will open this window. And you can change the width and the height of your scene. I, for example, put it on 1920 and we can change other fingers. You note the resolution and under seal and the flames, if you just want to a C1 flame or mole, sometimes you have an animations, you want to have more friends, but I just use the cone, the cone flame for these because I just want to aim to export an image. So this is the output. I'll put menu. We also have the Save Menu and you can change the format of the image that we export. So I'm going to change it to PNG image and to a 16 bit image. And the name of the file will be the structure often of the phi would be like this name, 0, 0, 0. So the last thing I want to do is just to change the folder in which the, in which I said the file that will be exported. Just going to click on the Free Thoughts button ill. And just pick the folder, the 10 walk in at the end. As I said, I can just copy this URL that I said previously and paste it inside these, whether the Assyria and placenta and bring me to the right folder. And I can just type a name. I'm don't know I don't know what to white light now to type right now. But let's say, let's call it. My idea. Just as I said, this is a random generic name, just for now, just as a place holder. And I will just click the Save button at the bottom. And the last thing I usually do is just click on the No, not the last thing, but one of the things that they do, It's just click on the realizing aim option and then change it to from geometry to best so the quality will be better. And another thing I will do is just all the file is finished downloading. Okay? The last thing I do, I just click on the effect option and big ambient occlusion and also global illumination and it will make the scene look better. And I'm just going to close with the x. Okay, so now the file is on the computer. I can just click the file and nudge. And now I can just click on face and open. And like before, I can even change the scale if I wanted the, the, the model to look beyond just and change it for example to 10 and placenta. Now we're going to import the file and the cosine recording the same tutorial. It will take a lot more time than usual to upload, to print both things because it'll really make it the computer go slow, but our client the best that I can. So I'm going to press the T button again and left and the left mouse button and just move the mouse up until I will see the ED coming up. And if it doesn't, I just again go to the same place near the model to st and again move it up like this. It might take a few times until it looks. Again, I'm going to click on the voltage to rotate it like this. It is. And I'm going to click the Move icon at the top. And then they glean arrow to move it up. And the unit is, let's put it like this. But it's a little bit dark, so maybe I need to know another source of flight. So now instead of the tonic light, which I really like, I can also select the light. If you need a new source of light, just click on the light and UV it will just ideally, I can also click on the LED light, but it's toll, it's those Tongji Ilia light for me. So I'm just going to click on light. Okay. I'm just going to move it up. Okay. Snow longer read but I'm changing later. They wanted to place the flea button on my keyboard, then the left mouse button, and just move it then the number one button. Okay. Some ways and ultimately live with a colleague of the gown. So I'm going to change the white. Okay. And I'm not sure why, but I really like it. They white, black and the red cardinals think data with the best. And then our soil, the soil out. So I'm going to make it bigger again, T button in the left mouse button. And I'm just going to move it up. And again, I don't think that the light is enough. I'm going to just pick a target light. Okay, and I can change, it. Won't get aids. We devoted key and move it up. I'll maybe just put it like this. Okay? Okay, so I can click the light to the one that I created now, and of course I can just double left-click it as I do for the materials and change the name. A lead two is okay, but that can change an infant one. And again, I can just change the candidate fell on different Carlo. Okay. It looks good. And I put fell. It was to save my walk every time. So if something crashes, I only have a backup. So just File Save and save it inside a folder that you are walking, let's call it demand. Now, if a better clear, good idea about what I'm creating. So I saved it. Sometimes you just do, you know, it's enough just to export your image like this. But if you want to walk in it some more like I'm going to do, can do it. Let's let a double left-click this area and peak, for example, another color. And let's see if it looks better. I just experiment with different colors, different lights, until I read, soften that looks and equal to, we know. I'm just going to press Control Z on my keyboard because I prefer the white kind of a battle and it just looks told, extolled the last change. And suffering is missing. And look, just want one model. Let's take another model. Let's go back to turbo squid. And let's look for something else inside a models folder. What should I pick at this less control F? And just take, for example, let's take deal. Notice this one and click the OBJ. As you can see, it always repeats the positive bits. So it would be very easy for you to do the same because I'm not using a lot of a thing, so just focus on what they know. And as I said, I'm going to take the URL to thank saved and just copy it and paste it inside the web or the Assyria and then save my file. So we now have a deal. You just need to import it inside the same. So I'm going to pick fine now and going to big deal and then open. It's changed then an MPhil and I would feel okay. It's funny. It's it's actually like it when he, sometimes, what happens is that when I impulsively important in a model and he just comes into the scene, sometimes come to the scene to two places where I actually like, I didn't think about those places in the beginning. But once I see them, see the modal there, I think maybe I will go with it because I like the design aspect of it. Let's move it till you see I didn't think about this idea. Now, it looks okay, I'm going to just make it bigger like that. And you know, you can actually like it's coming from is Nick. This is really nice. In my eyes. At least. What I wanted to say is that if you want to Duplicate the modal, just need to press the Control button on your keyboard and WSU old. But why are you ordering the Control button? Just click the left mouse button on one of the arrows that you see. For example, I want to move to duplicate the motor to the light. So I'm going to left-click the blue able and not really smiled also, not when it's my old or so on the mouse button, we're just going to click on the blue pill and move my mouse to the right and declare that duplicate. And now for example, I can click and devoted icon and move it like this. Okay? Not sure if I want to manipulate these. Okay, Let's move it like this. I'm not sure if it's denied idea. Maybe we change it later, then I'm just going to move it. You said you were going to move it to the light a place. So I'm going to just kick David L and move it. And I can even click this button on my keyboard and the left mouse button to find d divides both, they need to move it to so it will look more accurate. Okay, you need to play with it a little, a lot with the software in order to really master it. Took me a few months. But if you walk into a room, 613, the end. Okay. Usually they, the elements in Cinema 4D to tell you is most often the colleagues sandy delight because sometimes you can get really good results by just playing with him for ELLs home until you find something that they really jumps at you. Sometimes when you click on the Okay, you will see this thing like it's Blake's eat but at the element. So if this happens to you, just make sure that first of all, you click on the element on the right side of the page, on the right side of the screen in these cases a deal. So I'm just going to click on it and then move it like this, and then it will not break. So this looks really nice. And you know, when you start creating your start, come with ideas. If you stop, come up, come up with ideas, even if you didn't initially thought of l and m. So now that I see the two deals inside the center thing, maybe I can create another view and maybe they still will look at them. And finally to add that the cell Inside, Inside an ad like this. So you don't know if he is looking for a slave to the ED or maybe he looks at his friends. So on the IELTS mit die inside the head or maybe find all of this situation funny. I'm not sure if this is what I like about this kind of felt that if I take this out to his own world, but what I want to do is change the column. And if you're not sure which column to use, what I usually do is simply go to Google. And this is something that I found out recently because I'm not using soft of I'm not using software a lot. So what you can do is just look for the world, for example, deal. And go to click on images for example. And then you can install from the Google Console and can install an extension that is called column peak. The appeal. Let's look feats. Peak. I told them. Okay, so you just click on it and download and install it. And once you do, you will see it. And if you don't see the icon, once you install it, you just click on the icon. And again, just been feeding formula and then need to feel that once you haven't installed and you see it on your bio zone, you can walk, walk, but you can do is just click on it and then click on one of the deal cell and it would show you is Xcode. So I'm going to click on it. This is the Xcode. I'm going to right-click on it and then copy and then go to cinema 4D and then create another material to put it on the deal. And then wanted to, once I click again on the Casio, I can just click on the books, heal and change dx code, just WWF tickets, so it will always be highlighted and I click on Paste. And it would change the kinda to bomb. So I'm going to click on this area. Then anti-malaria, and you'll see that it's Bao now. So I'm going to rotate the area and just put the chameleon as well. And now we have a deal. I think I want to keep the white collar for those deals because. The deals with the status look like they look like a status, a statue with a deal sending someone to keep them, as is what I am going to change his delight. I don't need that. I'm going to use a lot of flights equals maybe add more light so we'll change the quantize a lights. So we get a bit though, big jump. So let's see if I can see something that I like. I'm just going to change them into something we'll both end in delayed equaled IDF out to show the image. So again, I can find what I'm looking for assembling to create another source of flight of town get lied. Maybe this one m. I'm going to use the chit temperature maybe hasn't yet been built. So maybe I will just delete some nights. I'm just going to click on the light and then press the Delete button on my keyboard. If I'm just, I just have too much, too many lights. And again, find the lines that I want to just delete everything. And start again. Let's keep living on the lines, on the lights and create a new light. Sometimes, sometimes it doesn't. And I'm going to go up, up, up, up and change it. Just a second. Let's see. Okay. It looks much better. I'm going to create another light double-click and just move it like this. So it will show me into like another area of the face. Okay. Looks good. Maybe another Latina. Okay. Like this. This looks good. Sometimes you just need to move the light until you find an area that you like. To write. Nice. Now, I'm going to change the cutoffs again. Suddenly want an idol and people might do. And then this looks clean and nice. I like this. Let's change the sign. Mm-hm. Hey, this late now. Looks good. F to tell you that I'm not an expert, so don't think that I'm an expert in this and just using it individually in a very basic way, just out that learning the software, I'm not an expert, I'm not a designer. That I do my best. And I'm not sure why I like it so much that this looks really nice. So this can be an NFT LexLeader leading eyes up and of course add some more moderns. Alright, that's just one we deal. When you play someday. Different elements that they would be highlighted to know which one to use, which one. Opening night. Looks good. It's amazing that every time that you will get a cannula, you get a decent still we will exclude not sure what and when to use. And what does it like to zoom really close to the elements to them once. But I'm a student missing sof and suf means VCE, want something else in the same. Usually what I like to do is it's going to swindle. We find it funny but philosophize on and until. I found out that if you edit bed to the scene, it looks better. I'm not sure why. Let's take this one over J. And again, you have the textual zip file. If you see a textual text, choose the zip file, you know that inside them down image files that you can put on the on the element and we'll change it to osha and we show now that's big festival along the a bit OBJ file. And let's just paste it. Let's copy this un until and then put the deal. And when you see this about the spokes, you know that it's finished downloading. A and I'm also now going to use, first of all, let's import it to the same. So again, as we said, fine, manage and we are now looking for the BID. Don't remember which one it was, but you can see by the IOL which one is the latest. So if you click this one, it'll get them look mistaken. It changed, for example, too thin. And you can change it for centimeters. One that was used sentiment us. Okay. Thanks a lot of time. I think this because of the recording software. And I'm going to move it up. And plus T on the keyboard and the left mouse button a few times until it's smooth, it negated on seed. So I'll take it, I'll know it's not died one and 12 percent the Delete button to delete it and maybe I'm wrong, it will still not the right one. What is the name of the file? It's called? If b, the c will free. If B, D, It's this one. Let's go back. If b, d, e, feel free open. And then 10, for example. If it is. So one to move it, right? This is just the second one to look at this clean like this. It looks good. I will just select that talk to you. Sometimes when you import in and more than it looks a bit better than what you had in mind. I thought about maybe putting the baby on the deal on the bed for some reason, but this looks better when it's huge like that. While I have an idea and you see another idea come to mind, what I'm going to do. What I am going to do is to festival. You can just click on the object that you want and click it on delights actually to take everything. And then I'm going to a, what is the name of this? This is zed blush. I can just click on zed lash, the D5W and the deal file together just need to press the Shift button on the keyboard and the zed Bosch. So it also notice the shift, shift, shift just islet everything that is between them. So I'm going to place the teal object in the end, the Control button on this advice. So we do a highlight them both. And the other V is deals as well. And just see the book idle. And if you want to meet them together all the time, you just need to right-click once you iodide, then we did a control button. I click and then you can just click the coop objects and it will make something that is called the null, which just encapsulates all the elements together. And now we are as a b, there will always be together until you right-click on it and then ungroup the objects. So I'm going to move it like this to you. And just forget about the texture on the printed texture. Let's make everything bigger than allergenic infant. All of them look big hill by just clicking on this Nile and using this icon, the scale I can get. You can also do it by person, the T button on your keyboard. And you just need to click the left mouse button and they will all be in inst together. So I'm going to put in male. Looks great. Now, if you miss the place will a URL on the screen and you just, you just lost your self. Lose yourself inside this huge Alia. And see it's a very Julia. If you missed the place where you, I'll add just a foil. Anything is just click on the icon and just click on Canada and then Omega. Well, you will be in the early Alpha is, let's say that you allele. If you just double click the camera icon that you come back to, we'll place completely missing. 34. EXTRA 3a2 - How Do You Add A Physical Sky In C4D (Cinema 4D)? And How To Create Clouds In C4D: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how you can add more realism to your scene in Cinema 4D by using an object that is called physical sky. I have just discovered this object and I use it now all the time. Open Cinema 4D, and also go to Google and look for famous surreal paintings. This is what they do every time that I'm about to create. Then I'll talk. I go to Google and just type famous paintings and look for some inspiration to what I want to create. So we'll just call down and look for something interesting. I need something which is not only interesting, but also something that I can technically create because I'm a beginner when it comes to Cinema 4D, I needed something that they can actually achieve, the not-self in which it just unique. So far I don't see anything that interests me. But I will keep calling it keeps calling it down until I find something. Let's see. We avail. I'm just going to show you exactly what I do. Even though it may take some time, you'll be able to see my entire foot pulses. And this is the important thing that you'll see exactly what they do from start to finish when I'm, when I'm thinking about creating a design. Okay, so far I can't find anything, but let's continue. Eventually, I always find something. Just a method of time. Sometimes it will take five minutes and sentence, it will take five hours. I hope that it will be the first. But we will see Let's see if we see some funny it was what is this guy without looking at the beach and I'm not sure that this is what I want to ever walk, can find anything yet. But I will keep on searching. Keep on searching. Maybe on the second page. Usually don't go to Google to the second page, but in this case, I make it an exempt exception. Nothing interesting. So funny that sometimes it will just take seconds and sometimes spend a lot of time on it. Nothing, nothing. Nothing, nothing. This one is good and basically palm of the hand that serves as a boat. I will take the same concept or not copy it one by one because it will be stealing. We'll just take the same concept and to create something of my own. First of all, I needed and I will go over squid search full. Now I'm going to sort the results to objects, and I also want them to be free. I think I have this one already in my folder, in my Downloads folder, I'm going to click on it and see for myself download. Let's see if my memory serves me right. Let's just press Control F on the keyboard and then search for the world. And any of these, or do we need the deal is the OBJ file, the object file. Remember that you need, we know, software in order to extract this file. The file with the extension, also, the zip file unit in the window or the wind Zip Pay softwares. I'm going to click on it and then just save it even in the documents folder will be good. Now it will download to my, to my computer. And here is the folder where to click on it, the racket, until it reaches my desktop. Now, remember, felt that they needed to create a folder for my new project. So I'm going to right-click on the desktop and BIC, the, let's see, the new folder. And I'm going to give it some kind of a placeholder name, some kind of a default name with I'm going to change later. Let's keep it new folder. I will change it once I get a better understanding of what they want to create. So we'll just click on the OBJ file folder and put it inside the New Folder and the new folder itself inside the projects where I just stole all of my projects. Your ideas. And to put it in with this, this is just something that is specific for me. I just like to put everything orderly inside the specific yield that I'm working on. New folder inside genuinely. Finn has a folding that computer. This is the last one. I'm just going to rename it by right-clicking and then naming the file. Now we'd same January 30. Let's let's call it the name. Let's give it a name. Boy name. This is a funny name. And the placental, what is important to do in this stage is just to copy the oil of the folder, right-click it and then copy. Then just save it inside the Notepad. Then we can fall back to this URL later when we need it. So I'm just going to click on File and then manage. Now can only be, can only go to the folder and just click on the OBJ file, just double left-click it. Let's stick a scale of 50, so it will be big. It isn't big for some reason because the file is small. So I'm just going to press on the T button on my keyboard and on the left mouse button to be Adele. And while I'm holding the left mouse button and work to move the mouse to the right in order to make the file the end. In this case, it looks great. Now I need to rotate the end. So if I just say score using the middle mouse button, I can go and zoom in and look. Now I can take the whole tool, click on it. The one button, click on the image and just, just move it up. So it will update like this. Again, zoom with the middle mouse button. Okay, okay. Let's see, let's see. Just click this. Looks really nice. Alright. Now I need someone when we see it on the end. First of all, let's save our walk. I always like to say if I woke every few seconds or a few minutes, are there just in case that my computer shuts down on something or the gold or the software shuts down. So File and then Save. And then I'm going to save it inside the end volt folder, the folder of my artwork. Let's call it the envelope is well, while we're at it, let's just customize the settings of this specific project. Let's press Control P on our keyboard and click the Save Menu. Change the format to PNG and the depth of 16 bit. Png, 16-bit. And finally the name. Let's make a name convention name. Let's click the free lines here next to the file caption. And let's pick a name and both. Going to click on the file and just move, omit the extension. Let's save. I'm going to click on anti-aliasing and just change it to best from geometry so it will look better. Let's close it and save it again. Now, both the file, both the end then both the and also the settings are saved. Next we need the person to sit on the end. We also need to put some texture to the end because the end is currently Blake and we needed to be in skin color. I don't know. Let's go to the OBJ and then to text. And let's take the arms image. Just click on it and move it inside the cinema 4D software. In just a second. Let's click the arms. Move it inside the cinema. Cinema 4D software, put it on the end. No effect look like. Now. We need the Pilsen to sit, a person to sit inside this end. I think that they have sitting Pilsen inside my downloads folder. Let's just maybe that's it. Yes. All right. Let's click on the one dot OBJ. I always look for the OBJ file because this is the file that works in Cinema 4D. And I'm going to paste the URL that I saved. Placental growth inside the orbit, you fall till object won't back to the old folder, just safe setting the file of the domain inside the portfolio. Let's go back to semaphore D tickle file match. And then let's click, double-click, double, left-click the one that OBJ file. Let's give it 50 again, doesn't have to be 50, but I want it to be big. And he was sitting with just needs to change its location. Just forgot where the end is. The person is saying, but whereas the end. Let's look for the home. Think I can find the museum. Then we can find them in. Even the men in some way. Combine them together. Now probably people that can do better. And cinema 4D, because I'm just a beginner. I try my best and this is the important thing for me. So now I can find the end again. I think it's still to click the middle mouse button. And looking at it from the top. Again, I'm using the middle mouse button to zoom in and zoom out. Let's click on the men. Move it to the end. Let us down UCL. Moving solid. The men, which is down a bit. Now can we see the element? Let's copy it. Close. Just go to the men. Now Control V to paste what it said, but they'll say yes. Then put the T button. Mouse. Now it's okay. That's good. Thank you. Sitting on the end. Just to make it bigger. The left mouse button. Really nice. Funny. Like this. Sitting on the thumb. Looks even better than a foot. Lot of turning around, but eventually I will try to find a place. This guy doesn't give any, call it Sony. Let's go back to this toolbar squinted website and try to find some picture. This picture maybe. I'm not sure. Let's click on it and see. Let's talk it. Click. Yes, it's looked like texture. Going to put it on the men. Nice. Very nice. Now let's click on the file. Match within another folder. Let's see. Is this tilde. This time? It's good. It's the closer. Just going to move it down. It looks like a C T button in the left mouse button to make it bigger like this. Let's just change scholar double left-click the material window and change the color to blue. Put it on. The result. Look like waves. Clicks. It seems to me like waves. Click on the place, the Control button and the on-demand, so there will be combined. Now I can then move them together. If I just find, it is just moving down. This maybe mobility to the beat. We'll get up to move them in just a minute. This looks like he's falling together. Now we will go to the main topic of this lesson is, and it is to edit the sky, the physical sky, to add physical sky, just left-click on the flow and then click fiscal sky. The sky is already been applied. All we need to do is to change some basic settings seal. We can, for example, oops. We could, for example, clouds, fog, all kinds of things. We can even change the hour of the day, just click on the time and location and change with the time of the day to, for example, be a later the day. You can change this to continue to evening. Tonight. Let change it. I want to take to be 10:00 AM. Already. We can lend do it with the window to picture viewer by coordinates. Click on it. Just with some kind of idea, finishing windowing is going to look how to finish the image is going to look. We can already see the shadow. We don't want to have a shadow. Let's look at we can see if we can change that. Let's try to change the hour of the day. Maybe it will remove the sun. Again. Let's do it. We don't need the sun. We don't need the sun. We don't need the sun. Some folk maybe in the clouds. I can't get rid of the share though. Let's try to put some kind of like maybe these. Now let's endl. I wanted to be found a bit of an angle. Sometimes the angles we changed the intestine we'd be on the talk. I'm going to change also the color to make it more C-like. Let's try this. Let's try it again. See if it looks split on. We still see the shadow. Pull some ways to change it. Let's do something with the physical sky. Click on sunbeams, see if it works. I can still see the shadow. Let's do it. This source of light. Let's now let's render. Sometimes we could weird because we added lots of features, new elements inside the outlook so it can take more time. It looks better, but this way I can still see the shadow. Maybe if I change the position, rotate the image. This scene looks a bit. See if it makes a difference. In the meantime, I will look at the original picture. The following things that they can reach this kind of level. But the idea behind the image and create something unique. I see, I think that they've been able to remove the shadow. The image actually looks better. That goes, I did it, did it. Now it looks better in my eyes. At least it looks like the person is looking at the distance at utilizing. What is it what is it looking at? This is my question. This is what they need to figure out because I can just keep it as is in the render it. Well, I can make some kind of adjustment and it's something to it in order for the image to look more interesting. But I'm not sure yet what to. Maybe the buildings as we saw before. Maybe something unique to make my e-mail me at my outlook much more unique than that. In the meantime, I'm trying to think about selfing about, about an idea to either go the idea. It looks like sitting on the hill. All right. Maybe it's official, men? Yes, maybe it's official and let's see if we can find fishermen. Deal. Notice it's not the OBJ file. Let's look full. Fish. Truth, I can take it with food we should take away. Or maybe this tuna fish, maybe something else. Let's take the shock. Download. Think I have this sharp already in my phone. Just save it. Whereas the shutdown. Okay. Well, this looks a look. It's funny when I'm manage things inside the things inside my artwork. It's something it was at the time, it looks better than the NAND in mind. Maybe there would be in the sky. Then the light wave is so funny. Oh my God, it looks amazing. It looks so good. Usually I'm a modest person, but it looks evidence. Just look like a spaceship or something. It actually looks amazing, reminds me offloaded onto if you know, the game looks amazing. I'm missing. It's amazing how good it looks. Maybe I can make it look a little better before fixing. It looks really good. I wonder if you think that looks amazing. But they need efficient older fishing. Let's go fishing. No official notes. Fisherman without a fishing goal for some reason. Maybe it's not the few gentlemen. Just the guide is looking at the sky. Maybe. Just try to find the best angle. Forget to put some kind of wanted to shock itself. Maybe it's a white chalk. But let's try to put one of the colors. Looks good actually. Let's see if we have some fixture. Shock. Some texture. The texture with two files, I wonder which one of them I need. Let's try the first one. Let's put it on the shelf. No. Let's try to look at this one. Save it again. It's a big fight, is 48 megabyte to 50 seconds to download. Save the walk. Five, 431 CEO. Now let's take the second one and put it on the shock in my eyes at least save. Let's end up. Yes. I showed you the physical sky object. I'm just talking. In the meantime while it's handling, showed you the physical scale object. In a few seconds, I'm going to show you our, I use the modified the image inside an external website which is called Photo Mania. Usually use either photo main yellow, go out and go out, go out in the physical sky stuff in the dynamical for every one of my pictures. And also I use now Photo Mania, usually Photo Mania full each one of my images as well. And you just, it's just makes every image looks amazing, much, much better than what they have. They have an end before it goes to show you a few seconds except you want, I mean, if it looks good, of course. The elements that you add to the image throughout walk in cinema 4D, the more time it will take to process window dog in there. Of course, it depends on your computer, not on other things as well. But they see this near the end. I think it looks good. Just need to give it a few seconds. I'm sorry for the delay. But for some reason takes a long time. I guess it's full. It's because of all the elements and all the textures that I've added. In the meantime, let's go to the websites that I mentioned. So as I say, I'm going to Photo Mania flip-flop for photo mania. Going to photo mania that knit. And also let's open, go out as well. Always open the two websites that they already mentioned in this painting. What do they mentioned them in planning? Now you can see them. I walk with them. Usually I go with the photo mania images. And not we'd go out. See what will happen now. Let's see if it finished. But we'll look closer at the end. Neil, the finish line. We just need to keep coding and everything would be fine. I need because I'm losing control. Let's maybe I could just move it a little bit to the left, but I don't want to wait. Now. Let's just click on it. Save this steely steel image PNG 16-bit, change the DPI for you and it will just make the quality battle. Click on Okay. Then save out, walk inside the folder. And this is the final name, at least for now. Let's click Save. Let's close this window and now let's just uploaded this file to the website. Notice one. We put it here and we'll put it well. And bottom. Now I'm just going to apply different kinds of filters. Filters for different fifth us and see which one works best. So let's click on Filters. Then let's start with the first one. You see already looks amazing just by adding the simple filter. But I'm just going to look at few ones, few other ones, and see if there is one that looks better than the Northwest. And in the meantime, I'm also going to change the filter in and go out and see if it looks better on this side, thick smoke load. This one looks good. Wants to paste a few ones. Let's look at filters, but maybe sketches and bike to look for. Colored pencil, I'd say excluded. Few ones that they usually use. This one looks good as well. It's out to decide which one looks better because all of them look very professional. Looks like a professional. Say I'll talk for complimenting myself all the time, but I'm not sure why I'm doing it now. But never mind. Let's say go pick to fill tails, maybe painting, painting, watercolor. Let's go to Filters. Let's take, for example, take send. Looks good, This one looks the best, but up until now, this one looks good. This funding to decide which one split this text and we'll be more than the artwork itself. No. Some of them look till at least on my artwork. But we're still waiting for the one that looks maybe this one. This one. Just need to decide on one and that's it because the two Good. And I can just go like this for hours. And I want to make this video as short as possible. The first one looks the best. Deal is to sketch maybe this one. Because it looks like a spaceship for me. Some kind of special form, a game or something like that. Like especially but not knowing and not a fish. A shock either. No, I don't think that anyone over those fetal my image. Slide the last one, normal God with the previous one I showed you in photo mania. No. I think this one. Supply remove the watermark and then just click the Download button. And save the computer. Just upload this file to Instagram, tiktok and also today. And if the marketplace. 35. EXTRA 3a3 - How To Create A Glass Material In Cinema 4D - Make Transparent Materials In C4D: Hi everyone. In this lesson, I'm not sure what I wanted to create, but they didn't know that. I want to show you how to create glass. Now in towards squid that Coleman, I'm just going to look for something to plus something that contains class. Let's for example, type line polio. Then I'm going to change applies to fleet. The full minutes to wherever the few lightbulbs. I'm not sure which one I want to take this one. Then click Download. See if these for the light bulb works for me. This is not for the light bulb or entities. Okay. Let's click the Plus to extend the number of files and then let's look for an OBJ file facilities. Let's click on it. I forgot to click the folder in which I want to store this file. So let's first just store it on the desktop. Then let's go to inside the project folder. Amelia email out everyday's January. This is the last day of January. That's just click on New Folder. Genuinely felt good one. Let's give it a default name. Light bulb. Bulb. Else's what it means, but it's out so I can do anything I want. So let's just copy the URL and save it inside the notebook file. Because we can, because we want to, we felt we take. Now, let's close this Cinema 4D software open. Let's click on it. Now. Press Control and D to just define, customize our workplace changes to save for. And they didn't previously in the previous lesson, it shouldn't change the format to PNG, that depth to 16, beat the name to name the file folder to the one that I just Let's call it. Wasn't though. Looks good. Anti-aliasing from geometry to best. That's a Bowlby for now, let's click the X button to close the window. Now, an exponent I wanted to do the light bulb to the same. I'm going to go to File. And then to go to the new folder. David Deal. Right-click on the file and then let's click on Connect. Go inside the phone bill, goes into females. Just right-click Paste. Now we will see it the new file. When would we flush? Left created? Let's just put this big scale. Let's say one other. Let's see if it is. You'll see it's currently just white. Just like and I can see for it if I'm Linda list, walk by clicking the lender to picture viewer will see that it's white. Let's close it. By the way, if I'm using, if I'm just moving the middle mouse button, I can just zoom in and zoom out. Let's see how it can make a glass out of it. First of all, just highlight the two. White materials and then press the Delete button on our keyboard to delete them. Now let's get the color will follow on. We just need to double left-click the materials window you at the bottom of the software. Then double left-click the material itself within quality. Before that, let's just rename it. So let's develop the thick the MAT us and just glass and ethyl. So we remember that this is a glass. It's going to be a glass. Let's double left-click the material, the material, and then just uncheck the same book seal next to Carlo. Then we want to check transparency. Then change the reflection from one to 1.50 billion. Then incidence reflectance. Go to the Transparency tab and then change the type. Let's click the drop-down list and change it to GG. Closes the window. Then we need to apply the new material, the glass material that we just created, onto the dipole, we just need to left-click it. Old, move it to the light bulb, release. That's it. Now, we may not see all the time the nucleus same material on the item, but in this case, I think we do see it. But if we can't see it, just clicked doing and see if it looks better. You see, we can see inside the glass, inside the light bulb. Let's save our changes because I always like to choose to save my changes. So software crashes. I have a backup. So let's just rename it. Let's go ahead and click Save. Pulposus. Yes. Yes. Okay. Now for the Mitchell major major, major decision that they need to make and DCC what to create. Actually, I'm not sure what I wanted to create. A just wanted to just note that they wanted to quiz graded less. What do we want to create? I have some kind of idea Now in mind. Let's just press the Control button and then let's kick the wheel. I'm holding the Control button, Clicking the video. And then once they're double-clicked, I need to just move my mouse to the right. And this would create a duplicate. Then I'm going to just mailed on both the left Multiple, the left mouse button and keyboard button. That's it. Let's just place the number field button on my keyboard while placing the leftmost button and moving my mouse from left to right, I can just hold it. I always like to hold it. I mean nothing life but in a cinema 4D because this angle gives a new, a new unique feeling to the sand and also creates another story. What I want to do now is to make the same. To make this light bulb a little bit. Big deal. I'm going to push the T button on the keyboard and then the leftmost button, and then just move the mouse to the right. We'll make it bigger. Let's tie this size. Now I'm going to click on the smaller light bulb and just insert it inside the big one. Now, sometimes when you click on the name on an object that there's a few pieces, just move one piece from the old object. What he wanted to do, I will press control and said to undo the changes. Just to click on the object itself in the right side of this screen. Inside the object, its Min and managerial. And then you'll be able to select everything when you move. Deal. Let's put the little one inside, the big one. See if it works. If not, we would change with another type two until two classes. One inside is the ideal. Like to Window wait and see if it looks okay. Doesn't I think that it looks okay. Let's give it a few seconds because already we have a more detailed so it takes time to window. I think it looks okay. Let's close this window. Save against file saved. So second cautious, we have a backup. Then I just moved the middle mouse button to zoom out. Then I'm the one button and the leftmost button to get him over to the left. Let's actually all get everything. I'm going to just highlight both objects. We're just going to click on this area, yellow on the object, say books, and then place the controlling button on the keyboard to select everything. They want everything to be older. Then on the OTA tool, and then just click on the circle and just move it like this. Now it's moving it up. We look as though it's the ceiling. This looks okay. Okay. Let's try put certain things on the scene inside the scene. First of all, let's put the Pilsen inside. I'm going back to squid. And I would search first the control of buttons on the keyboard and four main men look for them and that dynamic software. No. This one, I always like to take this guy. I'm not sure why. Let's click on the OBJ file. Let's take the form denoted. Till. Then. Let's say we let say also save some fixture. Let's see wherever the textual use. One of those. I'm not sure which one. The first one. Split it again inside the folder. Let's build the second one is what gets a second and see what, what this is. Yes. This looks like the texture of the close of the Pilsen. Let's go to cinema 4D. Then let's click File, OBJ file. Let's put a scale of, I don't know, 50 until let's put the T button on the keyboard while pressing the left most button and moving the left mouse button to make it a bit smaller. Then let's move the object. The Free button on your keyboard while pressing the left most spoken. For now, let's just keep it like this. Let's apply the texture. I'm clicking the leftmost button on the JPEG file. Then without releasing the older, just going to move it inside Cinema 4D and then just open it on demand. So it on-demand. Great. Looks good. Looking inside the inside the same big light bulb. What do we have inside the big light bulb? That's the question. Let's do it for now just to see how it looks. I'm not sure why am I doing it for a second. Maybe someone who can tell me. I don't know. Just putting things on the Canvas on Dave. The Cinema 4D viewport and see what works. I don't have really a lot of idea what I wanted to do. Again, like I did before I went to duplicate this girl. So we'll get this going to click the move tool, then place the control button on my keyboard and then put my mouse, click on it, and then move my mouse to the right to create a duplicate. This Control Z. Again, the Control button, the leftmost button, move it, and then the numerous my own down the mouse button. Then I use my Control button. Let's just move it inside the light bulb. This I'm not sure if it's inside. Let's check it sold it looks like inside this. It's still a look inside that seem posting for the bulk like this. Okay. Sometimes most of my great great folks to come to me when I'm expecting them at all. The bucket and then the leftmost button to make it a little bit smaller. Actually didn't think about looking at the scenery from the top. Like this. Just came to me while designing. And then over the top, maybe one of the maybe it looks at him as well. But they also reveal another light bulb inside. Let's see how it looks. When I wondered if it looks good. It looks strange. But even if it looks clean, sheets out so it can be you can look strange way the guy outside the light bulb looking at the light bulb, another guy inside that I bought. Look inside that I will not sure if it makes sense. This is what we have. Let's close it and I want to move it. Just hold this. I want also to click on the Control button in the left mouse button, move the most and create a third one. And I'm going to make it even smaller than a second one like this. Let's see how it looks. Maybe maybe we'll keep it like this. Okay. Guys. All looking back at each other. I'm not sure if it makes sense, so that again, it doesn't need to make sense. Please. Golden 12 I felt and I don't usually view all, so I'm not sure why I'm saying it. But let's just close this window and make the second guy smarter. Not the second guy. Smaller. Savour. Now, let's talk about the womb itself. We need to talk about the womb itself. Not sure how the woman is going to look like. I'm thinking what they want to achieve. First of all, let's just lift. Click the mouse over the cube, left-click it. Then click the plane T button on the keyboard and the left mouse button to make it bigger like this. Then just list the Move button and move it down so it will look like standing. The guy said standing on selfless. This guy did something like this before. So I'm using this. Maybe I'm not. Do we need to okay. Let's see. This physical sky. Let's type the window. I'm not sure if physical sky will walk. In this case. A lightbulb emits to be willing to test. And of course, when we test, great things happen. Please stay with this enable physical Schuyler just makes it for a long time. Just close it to delete physical Skype. And just create the regular Skype. I'm clicking the flow and then click on Sky, a lot of physical sky, Skype. Then lift, kick this say materials window and just take a oblique Garland and applied on this guy. This unknown is the pentose faster. Even if I do decide to put physical sky, maybe we just put it in the end so we can not do an economic book. Okay, let's apply some light in the scene. Just other the mouse over the light. And let's take for example, target light. Just move it up with the blue, just fifth kicking the blue pill or just moving into this. I know. I'm not sure why, but when I always want to use target, target light, it looks gives you something to the same, just looks better. It looks nice. Let's put some kind of colonial be changed. This yellow. Maybe. No, no, no, no, no, no. Let's try this. See if it looks a bit like this or like this. I'm not sure. I'm not sure. Which one would you like to change the light? To change the color. Let's add things to the scene so it will look like an actual room. Maybe maybe the stable OBJ. Let's move the files inside the folder. Quick final milk. And then let's click on the table. 50, let us say T button and the left mouse button to make it a little bit smaller and move it. This. Let's put some color on it. Let's put white-collar. Quick one. Let's pick either read this. Then let's make a smaller one and put it next to this guy. This NS model1, next to the guy inside, inside the board. Let's see how it looks. I think it's too close to him. Let's see. I learned that. Form a documentary that LED lights always say blink the focus of the v. Well, people always look at something grid and then on everything that's not true. If it's like almost perfect. Maybe I need to put something on the table a little bit. Second table to the left. This save the walk. Like a fun something. Let's try this one. Metronome. Maybe look mentor. Maybe something is, maybe they will thin, able to finish to be on table. Let's give it a little bit j and save it. This one doesn't have any texture file. They would offend 15. Let's see. In the left most button, this look strange for some reason. Just delete it. Maybe it looks better like this. See, I just changed the angle, keeps it a new look. This looks amazing. Listen, when I'm designing, I always coupling MC myself what the liver have been. Similarly, I'm not sure why. They are. Indeed real. Funny. Let's just move the plane up. This file, millage, 50, tee, both in the leftmost, both. Let me make it bigger. Miss looks better. Now let's put it. Let's give it some kind of scholar. David. Let's pick a big deal like this. Move it like this. That's the second piece. Just click it on the table. We need to look at some more. Now. Let's compute it from the top bit. After all, it's all day. Lubricate it, put people on the other table, blend it in advance. I could just create everything and then just duplicate everything together. Like this. Think about it. So we just need to walk with a lot of turning around. Just putting things should look like this. Let's make another one. Now let's check the angle. This is a bit not sure which one's better. Let's tie to use the color of the clothes on the phloem. And let's also create water. Can either create a wall or thicker wall. This is what I'm wondering, what I need to do. Let's create one. Accumulo, just need to click on it. And move it up. Then make it bigger like this. Now let's just smaller books with we can move and make the make the cubic extend like this. Doesn't walk. Let's put some guides. Notice slight stick, it doesn't like it. And move it like we agreed. Change of temperature, change the color. Let's save it. And I know this. I need to move the defending the medium and the table little bit done. Just click on it and then Control button and then click on Table one and move them down. Beat these. No, I'm thinking maybe there's too much light in the scene. Let's change the intensity of the light to 15. Now let's yes, I think that now you can see the guy in the middle. So let's save the Walk. Might click. Save As folks didn't see something that Bob will you close it. Maybe you saw it differently literally on deal. Let's move it down. Like this. Maybe a bit. I don't know. Maybe I could have done a bit of work, but it is just a sketch. I usually just look usually about every day. I just upload a new image to Instagram, just a sketch. It can be available out of work that you put months into because it needs to be in the same day and create, able to create it in the same data topology. Meaning the meantime, in order to save time, I'm going to open the photo mania website. Also been the goal out website. Then we're going to just add filter and see if it looks better. I click the File. Save as steel image. G, 16 beat DPI fully online. Then just click the Okay button at the bucket. Let's save it. Inside of a folded dipole bounces. Why they call it labor molar masses. Maybe this wouldn't ever not sure. Let's keep it like board buses. Now let's just apply the filters to photos, upload a photo. Put the new ULL light bulb. Let's change them. Well, nice. Put it inside the ER as well. No. No. I always stick with photo mania. Looks to be some, even for me. Sketch to live in mind. A few other filters and see what works. This looks good. Looks good. Not sure which one to pick. It's time to go from fetus to sketches. This is the most fun part of the walk, but also the most time-consuming Delta to work. Stick with filters. Just going to go from this one, but it still, I don't know, I don't see the second guy. This phone for another scripts the best to see if I could, maybe this one looks the best idea because I couldn't see the guy in the middle. Just going to go see everything and if it looks the best, I will keep with it. Keep it. Looks good as well. Maybe it would take this one. This one. This one looks good. But they missing the lead. I think I'm going with this appeal. Once abilities. I'm just going to other my mouse over the photo mania low watermark and let me move it. That's it linked to save this file by clicking the Download icon. Just save it to my new folder. My blend new folder changed the name to lightbulb osis. That's it. Now, I will be adding to my Instagram and TikTok counts and just upload it. That's it. Maybe later to the NFT marketplace. So that's it for this lesson and we'll see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. Save. 36. EXTRA 3a4 - How To Make Rain Or Snow In Cinema 4D And How To Upload To Instagram: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to show you how to create rain in cinema 4D. So the first thing we need to do is to other mouse over the cube object. Click it. Move the mouse cursor over the sphere of icon n, the list. Then let's double-click inside the materials window to create a new material. Then let's double-click the new material that we just created, and then let's change its brightness 250%. Next, we would want to take the tiny box next to the diffusion caption. Then click pill that points right next to the texture capture. Then click the noise option. Click the noise caption. Then click the down a hole in the drop-down list to choose any patrons that we want. Then we want to take the tiny boxes side next to the luminous and transparency captions at the left side of the window. We will want to change the brightness to 95 per cent and the reflection to 1.52. Then after we click on the reflection, Let's click the arrow that points side next to the texture caption and then choose the thumbnail option. Then let's click the X button at the upper right-hand corner of the Material Editor window to close it. And then let's kick the new material. Move the mouse cursor over this fill and then release our old the most button to apply the material on this film. Then we want to click the simulate menu, which we can find at the top of the software. Then average our mouse over the built-in option and then click on the image option. Now let's make this feel a child of the metal by clicking this film in the object manager and then moving this field. So it will be on top of the meter. Once we see the down arrow on the metal object, we just need to release the left mouse button. Then let's click the metal object inside the objects managerial. And then under the particle tab at the bottom of the screen, tick the box next to the show objects caption, and the box next to the render instance caption. Now let's click the Play button at the bottom of the software so we can see how this field moves currently. Let's now click the Pause button to pause the animation. The pause button is located at the same place in which the play button was. Then I will scale down this field. It will look more like a render loop, then a watermelon to scale down the sphere, we just need to click this fill object, then press the T button on our keyboard and then click the left mouse button and then move the mouse to the left. Now, let's click the media object. Then let's click the voltage icon at the upper left side of the software. And then once we see the rotation feature at the center of our view port, we can just click the red circle inside it and then rotate the meter until you see the small sphere falling down. Then if we click the image to object inside the object manager and then click the middle tab. We can change the X side and y side values to let say one hundred, ten hundred. And this will produce more wind loops. We can now click the meter, then the move tool that is located at the upper left side of the screen. Then we can click and then move the blue elbow up so we can make the rain fall from the top of the viewport. Then let's pick the particle table. In silt, 5 thousand in both of the bill fleet editor and in the landfill. And this will produce small window opsin both viewport and our window will then increase the speed to one hundred, ten hundred. Let's say this is the speed in which the raindrops move. Next, I will change the second variation field to 100%. Not all the raindrops will fall at the same time. Lastly, let's press the Control and be buttons together on our keyboard to open the Render Settings window. And then let's click the rental drop-down list at the upper-left corner of the window. Then let's click the physical option inside the drop-down list. Then we want to click the physical option, but this time at the left side of the window, tick the box next to motion blur, which will make the window apps mobile like actual name. And then let's just click the X button at the right end corner of the random settings window to close the window. Now we can do it in doing by clicking the window to picture viewer icon at the top of this software. Now let's continue with the list of the artwork. Let's close this window. Let's go to Google. And in Google, search for so we'll images. I like always to come up with an ideal. Create the outbox. This idea looks good to me. Something that relates to laptops. First of all, we need huge stone. Go to turbo squid. Now let's look for a stone OBJ file. Let's change the bias to flee. Let's find the stone. Let's take this one. This one. Maybe. This one looks good. Okay, let's take this one. Let's click the Download button. Then show all. Let's click the OBJ zip file. Let's save this file on my projects folder. And inside with these 2022 and today we are in February. February. Now, let's get inside the folder and copy the URL and paste it in a Notepad file. Then let's right-click the zip file and click on extract steel to extract all the files form inside the folder. Delete the zip file, and we are left with two file. Also need the texture. The texture. Let's click on it. Now we have the full delay URL. So let's click Enter and then let's click the Save button. It's an 87 megabyte file, so we need to wait a little bit, two minutes. Let's do something in the meantime. In the meantime, let's take the image of a man squared. Let's look for and find someone. Maybe someone is, I don't know. Let's take this one and that's it. Whereas the OBJ file, Let's click on it and save it. Till now let's just manage it. Well, is it the texture? In another folder? I would copy it. Just inserted my new folder. I forgot to give you the folder name, so let's create a new folder inside the February month. And let's call it in men under. Very good. It's very good. It's a good name. Mine undock. It looks like it took me a lot of time to think about the names, but never mind. Let's take all the files and just put them they'll sit at the file. Downloading is still downloading. Let's just lift kick the OBJ file and let's give it 50. Okay, let's press the T button on the keyboard while clicking the left mouse button and just moving the left mouse button while holding the T button, woman if muscle button to the left. So we can study them. It is our guide. We can just kick the number one button and the left mouse button. And just move to the left. And then let's say just move the middle mouse button to zoom in the number of free button and the left mouse button together to hold it. Let's just Randall and see how it looks together with the we're delaying. All we need. First of all is to put texture on these guys. I will take the textual form. The file is already been downloaded, so we have also the book, at least I hope. And then just left-click the image file and then move the person and just dope. No. Perfect. Now through window it will look much better. Great. But obviously I don't want this guy to stand in the IL. So I need to put some ground, undo it. Let's close this window. Let's define manage. And I remembered that I have some sky sometimes, so assume some ground in January. In January. That's funny. Was it will not deal. Maybe I think it's inside the view folder entities. Okay, now let's make it 50 again. Then let's just click the green arrow and move it down. Zoom out and then down. Now, we need to move him down or the ground up. We need to wait until it reaches the Gump. This effect. Now we need to put some kind of color. Let's see what we go to texture. Need to think where I've texture that they already downloaded so you can save time. The physician, 22 January it was one. And let's see where these freedom of the edits then fix gel. One of them should walk. But then don't remember which one of those was a texture that I want. Let's try the roughness one, see if that works. Okay, this looks good, but I think I have a bit of non-metallic. Think it's, maybe it's like that. Oh, maybe I need to click the View icon so I can see the images. Still, doesn't. This one? Yes, this one looks good. Now let's first of all, let's save. Let's save and close by so that I need to save the walk so it will not shut down the computer. We're not all the software and not John Donne shutdown. Let's go to a flip. February. Give you the same name. Let's now Window. See our populace. The themes, the more elements, interval the same, the more time it will take to Window. Looks much better. Looks nice. Now we need the stone. Let's click on the File menu, the millage, and then let's take over a new stone febrile. People, call it, and just give you the 50 or so. Let's put some texture, texture on it so I can see it. Let's text fixture for meal. Let's suppose that T button and the left mouse button and move them most so it wouldn't be show fill. This looks good as well. I don't want to do it. Now I place the T button and drift mouse button and move the mouse button to the right. So it would be kind of protects the men from the lane. This I don't think that they have an umbrella inside toolbars squared. Still need to lower it down. To load stone. Maybe just change the angle of the camera like this. If maybe some kind of tone of stone, structure, stony texture. Let's see. I think I do. But I don't think that though. Let's see if I forgot. Click. Okay, Let's talk to this folder. That off. Let's close it. Did for me. Let's take this one and replace it with the coolant one. Look good. We'll try it anyway. Just minimize this window and put it. Think it looks better. Let's try the window it again. Let's see which one we like this one or this one. I don't know. Don't know. This one looks more like a stone, so let's keep it and save that. And now let's find out if the umbrella. Also I need to see if I can actually insert some physical sky with the clouds. I'm not sure because when I have Scott look on a physical sky because the physical scale sign-in. Let's see. Let's click on the floor and then physical sky. And I think I will need to change the time in order to make it liked. The evening of Sappho, the night, they would be more visible. Click the oil. Don't change the time of the day. This, Let's see how it looks. It just mean it's a little bit before evening. You can't actually see the personnel. I need some kind of a light source and also need to enter the clouds, which I forgot to do it now. First of all, let's pick on the physical sky, go to the Basic tab, scroll down, and then click on Clouds effect. Now, let's put some light. The light that I like the most my personal choice is the target light. So click the light. I will keep my mouse. I will keep my finger on the left mouse button. And then I'll click on the target light. Already much better. But it looks like the sun, the slope, it looked like the evening. And the light looks like a stage light or the light. So I'm just going to click on the red oil and just move it like this. Maybe see if we can split. I'm not sure. I think so. Maybe. Yes, I think so. Let's see how it looks. Now that we have some light. Again, it takes more time. Now that goes, we have the physical sky and we have some light that we applied. To take more time to Window. We'll see. It's actually pretty fast. I think that now I can play more with a sun, with a physical Skype because I have some light that I've n tilde. Looks good. I'm actually not sure that I'm crazy about the ground. Maybe I need to change it because it doesn't look soil. Maybe because of the light, but we'll see what happens if I put this. No. Now it doesn't have any color. Or maybe just a blip Carlo. And let's take this one. Let's take this was the previous one. Still bed or anything. But let's try to find a different texture. Let's just go. We'll search for OOPSLA result. Notice it doesn't. The surface like desert if you like this, maybe we'll put this up as well. Let's click on pi's. Let's take something else. No. Let's take this one. I'm not sure if I'm crazy about it, but let's see. Let's just say we deal. Then let's click on the zip file in order to extract it. After it downloads to the computer. And let's just pick the PNG file. So just click on it on the first file and then click on the Control button just without moving my finger on the control button. I'm just picking on denom one, the diffusive, and then left-click everything. Move my mouse until it reached the folder. Then let's, let say there'll be deal. Let's take the diffuse one and they'll put it see if it looks petal. Just noticed portrait search, but do you want him? Okay. Yes. No, it doesn't look better. It actually doesn't look bounded total. Stick this. I'm not sure if he could split or not. Stick this. No. No. No. Not sure which one I need to take. This one looks the best. To stick with this one. Final NDA before I continue. In the meantime, I'll try to search for an umbrella Yale. I doubt that they found them, find one. We would see the time to find something that will be difficult. What's this boiler for? The object model? Is this one, but it's for the maximum. This is not so forth if I'm using this one is in boiler, but when you go to the swimming pool or something like that, if b xml truth, this one I can take it, it's not an open one. Let's see what we're view. Doesn't look so we'll actually, but we would see, let's click on the download and see what it is. Finished ventral. Let's see. Looks good. Yes, it looks good. My eyes at least. Let's close this one. Okay. Let's save it. Open it. Close it by the linear documentation. I'm not sure, but let's just what I'm doing now. Just in case you don't know how PostController, the quantile number and the Control button and the button on my keyboard to get up. And this will mark everything. Then place the Control button and click the two dots ill market. So we just have these files. And then we're going to click on the left mouse button all the files to the folder and then drop dividend, say you actually press the Control button, the left mouse button on those two files, because those two files objects, what did I click them? Then go to the main directory. Paste it will open. This is what we need. Let's make it bigger. It looks good, actually, better than I thought. I'll put oblique on it like this. Let's move it. Let's move it down. Don't want to copy the image exactly as it is. Maybe I will not. I don't know. I think it's close to the original, even though I put them in instead of a woman, Neil, think it looks too close. I'm going to change it a bit. Instead of putting it in the guys and maybe going to change this. Maybe I'll put it on the stone. We think let me think. I want something original. Adults just want to copy what they already soap. Maybe I would forget about the stone because I don't want something to be COVID exactly. Feel like doing so even though it's not a except two pixel copy, I still don't want to do so. Let's just change the color wheel. Because people always look at red first and then on all the other things. In my experience. Now, I have an idea. Stick the open umbrella. When we click on the, when we, when we press on the Control button. When we click on one of the rows with the left mouse button and then move the mouse. We can create a copy. This. Now we can just knock the two umbrellas for even inside the object manager luck and just amalgam, put those two on boilers and just click on the first one was the Control button and then click on the second one. And then both of them. I liked it. And then I'm going to move the blue, blue level. Whereas the control button and move the deal hill. Like this, just render it. Problem I ever discovered is that they actually don't see the vein. I actually don't see the light to change the physical sky. I'm going to click on the time and location and change it to six PM. Some reason it takes more time to window at night. I say the lane and also the rhythm Boulez actually look a bit like UF. Always ask me, maybe we can actually change them. Let's click on the first one. Let's see if it works or maybe I just thinking too much because it's well, maybe I'm just overthinking. Notice I can do it like this. I'm going to tie to change them, to change the opposition. We look like they have like the unreliable something which just seems like a daily life like maybe UFOs. This. Imagine that few minutes ago there was a stone form boilers. Now let's change the light, maybe two, which direction? Maybe like this. Let's just delete the light. This slide as well. No. Let's do it like this. Now. Let's just until a new light that target light, maybe change the intensity to 50. Now let's send a and C. Looks. You can see these delay on my device. My rendering twice. I think that even I think that she looked better with one. I'm not sure, but I think it looks better. We just want to think so. Let's move the other voices. Just zooming with the middle mouse button. It looks like the man is looking at the ampulla for maybe not that I don't know. It's just like the window it again and see if it looks better. If not, we will undo the changes and keep the previous talk that look like he is looking at the technically doesn't look like he's looking at the umbrella. But it's still looks good. This looks like the umbrella is breaking the lane. Protecting from the lane. Looks a lot better. If you ask me. I'm wondering now what I'm thinking about noisy if I need to I need to enter something else to the scene. Maybe it's too empty. If it's good like that. I always my foot processes also always put something into significant needed if he doesn't need if it doesn't, I don't think we need it, then I will not enter it because maybe it will make the scene bit stuffing. I don't know. I think it looks good. Let's close with the x and save a vocal one last time. And then let's take the last one, right-click it. Then save as PNG. Format is PNG being a 16-bit free under DPI for best voltage. Now, let's just save it inside. I will. That's the second main under a rock called a PNG. Save. That's it. Let's close it. Save. Now we're moving to my favorite part in the whole process and we used to apply filter on the image. This is becoming favorite button because I used to look at fetus at all. But then once I did the one time, I can stop. Now, let's close it. Go to photo photo mania.com.net domain at that net and go out, which rarely use, for some reason, somebody isn't. The photo effects look better in Photo Mania. Let's click on the edit your photos Image button and then Image photo. And then let's go to the you will enter. They saved it to deal with men and evoke. Let's put it here as well. See if we can make it better with the filters. Up until now, every time that I did it, it looks better. Let's click on Filters. And the first wanted to, the first one looks better, but the problem with this specific instances that I don't see, delaying, see it better, but still not clear. This is the best bond so fell. Good as well. I can apply filters, filter on this image and I can see the winds certain fetus do make dealing visible, but now not sure which filters or choose. Maybe it's a good public 12. Just distorts still image. So I don't know, I'm not speak it. This one, because in this one you can see the delaying the best. Venus, Let's remember events, but it's still, there's too much light. Is white waiting for something to pop at me. I mean, that something that we look instantly amazing. Uniquely decided that this is the figure that I want. This one looks like film from the fifties. Intensity. I think it's just trying everything and see which one looks the best. Then we stick with the one that I liked the best. I would take this one. I'm going to take this one. This one looks, this looks good. Not as good, but the good. The problem is the website distorts the image so much that you can't actually understand what is going on inside. Depend even see that the reasoning and this is a lesson about the way that this looks good. This one looks good. Our GMC of the world was about to give up. Actually you on the website. But this one, it looks fairly good stuff. Let's take football because they don't want to make this video too long. Stick frame. Let's take no sketched. Let's take Wintel. We don't make sense. Suggests maybe sketch facilitates. The last one. When you start when you studied filters, you can't let go. Blue or the blue is the last one, I promise. I'm sorry that I didn't know that they pick blue because it actually looks good. It doesn't look like you can see the link layer. I will take this one. That's it. Went to save this as fast as I can before I change my mind. That's it. Let's say we can solve the folder. Minutes, just typing men, men on the vocal pen. Let's press Enter. That's it. So what I want to do is to take the image. It is going to click on it, then old, then the image to my Google Chrome browser, and then put it inside the folder 2022. I'm going to go inside the folder. Then let's slow it down. And then I click New Folder. Then I'm going to type today's date. Today, we are on the first of February. Plus the end about them. Oh, I forgot. Right-click. Rename. I forgot to put the name. Meant under the name. It was men on the hook. Now go inside. Then take the image and the second image, the two images, I'm just clicking on the first one and then the Control button and then clicking on the second one. Then when they are both highlighted, I'm going to click on them. Move the mouse to the folded onto my Google Drive folder and then release my old. Now. Once the files are going to go to my iPhone and then I'm going to go to this website ill or latex. I will click on it. It's all hyphens.com. Then I'm going to put a type that relates to my image. In my case it's soil, soil image. So we'll just type soil and then go and just copy the HDX. There is a maximum of five th text that you can put two inside the posting on Instagram. This website gives you felt the first 50 window. Click the Copy button, the copyist X button. Now that all the HDT excel in my clipboard in the memory of the iPhone. I'm going to go to Instagram. Then I'm going to click on my portfolio method, the bottom right-hand corner of the app. Then I'm going to click the plus icon at the top, then click on post it on. The first option. Here is my image. I'm going to tap on the next option. At the upper left, the upper right corner of the I'm going to see if I can even add the filter wheel. Just going to switch between the filters and see if there is filter, a filter that looks even better than the filter that I came with. Form Photo Mania. And if I don't see a huge, huge improvement, I will not take any of the filters. Let's stick with this one. I think the first one normal. Then I will tap the next option at the upper right-hand corner of the lip. I'm going to check that I'm posting on the right account in this case, it's bumpy out the name of my Instagram. And then I will just name the outlook. And I'm going to give it the name of my image, my artwork, which is meant on the walk. And I always, my aim for each day is to post an image, a new image that I created on the very same day before 12 o'clock. Men on the open space. And then I'm going to tap the white area and just step the paste option to paste all the hashtags that I'm going to click the OK option at the upper right corner of the app. Then I'm going to tip the Share option at the upper right corner of the app. This will show the boast in the eye. Doctor. I'm showing the post, I always share the post. I always just step again on my profile icon at the bottom right-hand corner of the app. Here's my image. Then I'm going to click to tap the image and then click the Show option right until the, the image look like a paper airplane. Going to tap it. Both to your story. Then I'm going to maybe just put two fingers to move my fingers to farms on the image and then move the two firms away from each other. This kind of pinching the image and just moving it. It will look a little bit different than the original post. And then once I'm happy with the result, I'm going to tap the height, the bottom right-hand corner of the app. Then I'm going to tap on the Show button at the bottom of the lip. Then done. If I note that the profile icon at the bottom item Cornell, my picture at the upper left hand corner. Then we can see the story. 37. EXTRA 3b Part 1 - Create A 3D Animation With Cinema 4D - An Alternative Method: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how to create a board slicing animation in Cinema 4D. Now, if you haven't seen my first Cinema 4D lesson about how to create an image with cinema 4D. Then please watch it first. Because in that video, I also explained how to download the Cinema 4D software, how to access for a cinema 4D tutorials and a very brief explanation on how to use some of the cinema for the features that I'm going to use extensively in this lesson. Okay, so let's start the lesson. The first thing we would want to do after we open the Cinema 4D software is to create a plane shape. To create a plane shape, just move your mouse over to the blue cube icon at the top of the software. Click it all. And then you will see all the shapes, which are also called the primitive objects that are available for you to choose from. In this case, you would want to avail other the plane object and the release your mouse to add the plane to your viewport, a small icon. It will also appear inside the object manager at the upper right side of the software. We can rename the new object inside the object manager by simply averaging over it and then by double-clicking the text of the object, this will bring up the edit text field. And then I will just rename the default text, the ground, for example, and then press the Enter button on my keyboard to click outside the text field in order to apply the change that I have just made. Now, we would want to change the plane object dimensions when want to change its width to 6000 and it's ICT to 600. Do is damage change for the attributes window, which is located at the bottom I upside of the software. I will now want to change the color of our plane to white. And to do that, I will simply double-click the material manager. It is the box that is located at the bottom left side of the sofa. And this action will create a new material. This new material is currently named met, as we can see inside the text area below the circle. But we can rename it as well. So let's double-click the text area and change the name format to ground. For example, and press Enter to apply the change. Then you'll want to click the circle, old, move it until you reach the plane, and then release the mouse to apply the color on the plane. Great. Next we will add a new object, poem viewport, this time as Phil. And again, we will do that by moving our mouse over the blue cube icon at the top of the software. We will then click the cube on the mouse button, either order this fill object and then release the mouse button. Let's rename this field now in the object manager from sphere to bone and placental. Now let's create the new material in the material manager. I will name it bull. Okay, I don't want to keep the white column which is applied to every new material that is added to Cinema 4D by default. So I will change its color inside the material editor and the right side of the software, I will choose a yellow column. And then again move the ball to the viewport. This time I will drop it on the sphere and not on the plane. Okay? Now again, we will want to change this fill object attributes. But bought and then change this fill segments to 100. And after I do that, I would change the y position from 0 centimeters to 100 centimeters. We have the y position filled at the very bottom of the software. To do so. So are we move my mouse to the Y position, insert one under the wild thing, and then press the Enter button on my keyboard to apply the change. Now we would want to create a cube. And because the cube is the Cinema 4D default shape, we can quickly create one by simply clicking on the blue cube icon at the top of the software. You say quick and easy, we don't need to choose the shape from within the shapes menu as we did previously. Let's now change the cube z position to ten centimeters and then plus our keyboards Enter button to apply the change. Next, we want to create a cloner. And the purpose of the cloner object is to clone objects. We will create a cloner by clicking the MoGraph menu at the top of the salt fell, othering our mouse over the cloner object. And then by clicking the cloner object. Now let's make our cube shape a child of the cloner. Let's do it first and then I will explain what a child means in cinema 4D. So we can create a child-parent relationship in Cinema 4D by simply clicking on our cubed. In this case, inside the object manager or the other, our mouse over the cloner object. And when you see a tiny arrow next to your mouse, cursor points down not to the left, butt down, release the mouse. Now our cube is a child of our cloner. And now for the explanation by making an object, the child of another object, move objects from now on will act as a unified group. Meaning that from now on, if we will move the parent object, for example, the child object will move as well. If we voted the parent object, the child object will rotate as well. And also if we scale the parent object, the child would be scaled as well. Let's now click the Clone of object inside the object manager. And then once we click it, we will again see attributes inside the attributes window. Now under the cloner object tab, we will want to click the dropdown list next to the mode caption and select the lid of a. We will use the grid array mode to create clones in three-dimensions. Next, under the mode field, we have a few other fields and then account kitchen with free fields right next to it. Let's type the number 1 in the first field, type number 1 the second field as well. And lastly, next we want to click on the mortgage menu at the top of the software and then select the Varney flex your option. Yvonne fracture object can shuttle are the objects which is a feature that we will use shortly. Then, as we did previously, we will combine two objects to create a child-parent relationship. So in this case, we'll click on the bull object in the object manager all the other, although the volume flux your object. And then once you see an arrow next to your mouse, cursor points down again, not to the left butt down, release your mouse. Then let's click the volume fracture object at the object manager. And this time let's click the Sources tab. Then below the Sources tab, click the point generator distribution captured inside the box. So the caption would be highlighted and then click your keyboard del key to delete the line inside the box. The Del button on your keyboard can be found right next to the Enter button on your keyboard and above your keyboards, ALL keys. Okay, now that the point generator distribution caption is gone, we will click the colonial object inside the object panel all and then move the cloner object to where the point generator distribution caption was and the release the mouse. And we will now see the colonial inside the sources books. Now when we want to add one more clonal, again, we will click the MoGraph menu and then click the cloner object. And now we want to make the voting factual a child of the new colonial, which is called by default cloner one. Now let's expand what we have done. We made at the bony fracture a child of the new cloner. Because number one, we want to create two skills, meaning tuples and as I said previously, a colonial clones objects. So by making this feel a child of the cloner, it will make for us to skills. And nonetheless, 80 by adding the two spheres, child's of the volume fraction object, both objects can now be shuttled as explained previously, Ivana Fletcher, object shutters are the objects. Now let's add our mouse over the attributes window. And as we did previously, click the drop-down menu next to the mode caption and choose grid array. Then again in the count field, I will add values. This time I will type the number two in the first field, which will create the sphere that I mentioned. And let's type the number one in both the second and the third field. Now in the first size field below the account fields, I will type 1500 centimeters to create a space between the balls. And then I will press the Enter button to apply the change. And then I will change its x position at the bottom of the software to minus 500. I will now click on each of the two tiny boxes next to the cloner object inside the object manager twice. And this section will either cube in the Viewport. Next, I want to create a null object. Again, I will create one and then explain what a null object means in cinema 4D. So to create a null object, I will move my mouse to the top of the salt well, click on the blue cube icon, hold and then other over the null object and the release the mouse to create the null. And now for explaining what a null object is in Cinema 4D. And nano object looks very much like a folder in your computer, which means that in the same way that you will create a folder on your computer together and organize your files battle. You will create another object in cinema 4D together and organize objects inside the object manager better. Now let's click on one of the colonials on the right side of the salt. Well, then let's click at the keyboard Control button, and then let's click the cloner one object. While we keep pressing the button on our keyboard, in this way, we'd be able to select the both colonials. And once we see that the two colonials are selected, we can remove the finger will form the control button, click one of the cloners and nag them. A child of the null that we have just created. Then inside the viewport, Let's click the sphere icon that is closest to us and change its x position. Again, the exposition is located at the bottom of the software. Let's change it to minus 1500. Now when we want to create the blades that will cut the two balls once the item. And to do that, we will need to create a cube, increase the width of the cube, and it's ICT until the cube will almost reach the edges of the plane. Now we will want to make the cube of phenol. And let's click the green arrow to move the cube a little bit. I'll now click the cube if it is not already selected, and then press the Control button on your keyboard, then click the left mouse button and move the mouse down very slowly until you see an arrow that points to the left under the cube. When you see the cell, release your hold on the left mouse button, and this section will duplicate the cube. Now, we want to make sure that Q1 is highlighted and then make it smaller by clicking into tiny box at the end of the blue L and then move the mouse to the left, then click the event L and push it towards you like this. Next, we want to create a null object, and we can do that by clicking the instance icon at the top of the software and then by clicking the booth option. The purpose of a bull object in cinema 4D is to subtract the objects I will show to use it and you'll see what it does. Let's now press the Control button and then click the two cubes at the upper right window to highlight them, and then make them a child of the Boole object. Now let's create a new plane object. And then in the properties window, changing the width of the plane to 20 centimeters and its orientation two minuses. Now let's create a new cloner and the plane, a child of the cloner. Inside the cloner, Let's change its smoke to grid array. And let's change the count fields to 1, 1, and 10. Now let's click the cloner object, then click it's cooling L in the viewport and then raise the plates up with the green arrow. Let's now create a new pupil and move it to the edge of the plan by the, again it's blue L. Then we will make the cube phenyl by dragging the tiny yellow dot inside the blue L to the left. We also have a tiny yellow dot located inside the green arrow. Let's smooth the ClO tiny dots down to make the cube shelter. Let's now click the blue arrow and use it to drag the cube to the left until it is managed with the plane object. Now we will want to click the tiny yellow dots inside the red L and move the tiny yellow dot to the left. This will extend the cube and we will want to continue extending it until it reaches the two extreme ends of the plane. Now, let's, albeit our viewport camera by pressing the number of free button on our keyboard while spinning our mouse. Like this. Great. Now let's duplicate the cube that we have placed at the edge of the plane. We can do that by clicking the cube inside the object manager, duplicated by placing our keyboards control button and then moving our mouse down a bit until we see a tiny URL points to the left. Once you've see the tiny arrow pointing to the left to release the mouse button to create the duplicate cube, which will be called coupon. Now let's click the new cube inside the viewport and then clicking L to move it to the opposite side of the plane. Once Q1 reaches its new position on the left edge of the plan, we can release the mouse button. Now, let's create the animation. First. We would want to increase the number of flames for this animation. And we can do that by deleting the number 90 at the bottom of the software, and we will simply type 220 instead. Then we want to double left-click the tiny URL that points right on the screen bell to extend the scrolling back up to the end. Then let's select the null object inside the object manager and the animation key. The key is right under the timeline at the bottom of the software. At the beginning of the timeline, there is a tiny green box and we would want to move this tiny green box to the right until we reach flame to 100. Just click the tiny green box, All the end. Move the mouse to frame 200 and then release the mouse. Then inside the viewport, click the two spheres and then change the x position at the bottom of the software to 3500. So one of the spheres will be over the edge of the plane. And after you do that, then just click the animation I, left tail, which is under the timeline, you can find the lift, the left to the green play button. This will move to the flame, will have an animation. We shall stop. And after we click the left and let's click the Play button to run the animation. Looks great. Now the Galeano has become a pause button. Let's click the browse button to pause the animation. And let's click the left arrow again to move the playhead to the first frame again. Now inside the object manager, let's click the plane object. Then we want to right-click this plane object, click on Simulation tags, and then click on collider body. Then inside the object manager, I'd click the voting flip to Object, click the simulation tags option, and then click the rigid body option. Then at the bottom of the software under the dynamic Bobby, that caption, click the dynamics tab and then click the drop-down list and click on all collision. Now like next to the dynamics tamper with the collision tab, click on it and change the bounds and friction values to 0. Then inside the object manager at the top of the soft, well, I'll right-click the plane. Then again click the simulation tags option, and then click the collider body option. And again at the bottom of the software, change the bounds and the friction values to 0. Let's now play the animation. We will click the left toe under the timeline at the bottom of the software, and then we will click the green play button right next to it to play the animation. Now let's right-click the cube in our object manager, then click Simulation tags, and then let's click collider button. And I will repeat the same actions for cube1. I will right-click on cube1 in the object manager, then click Simulation tags and then click collider body. Let's click the left arrow button under the timeline to set the animation and then click the green play button right next to the left, it will button to plate. That's it. Now that the animation is on indefinitely, you can just create new materials and change the other objects. As you wish. I will do it now. Lastly, we want to export it. Let's close this window by clicking over the window. Then we will end our project by clicking the render to picture viewer button at the top of the software. Now, the rendering process will start depending on your computer out. Well, this can be a very long process. So I suggested you do something else in the meantime. Greg, you a new animation is now saved on your computer. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 38. EXTRA 3b Part 2 - Add Sound Effects To Your Animation: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to show you how you can add sound effects to your animation. Firstly, you would want to download a video editor. Now, there are many video details on the internet, some obeyed and some are free. And in this lesson I will show you how to use a free. We do edit tail, which is called open shot. You can download a copy of the open short software by simply going to open shop.org, and then by simply clicking the Download menu at the top of the website. Now I'm using the Windows 64 bit operating system. So I will need to click the glue down button right next to the Windows 64-bit installer caption. Now if you are seeing the Windows 64-bit installer caption on the screen, but you are using another operating system. Then first click the button that matches your operating system at the bottom of the page, and only then click the blue button. So you will download the software that matches your operating system. Okay, so I will now click the Download button to start the download process. Once the file is on my computer, will just click it to one it. Then I will follow the instructions on the screen to install it. Great, So the installation is finished, and I will now run the open-source software by clicking the Finish button at the bottom of the window. Now, the first time that you will open the open short software, you will see this tutorial notification on the screen. So I suggest that you will now pause the lesson, go through the tutorial, and then assume the lesson once you finished reading the tutorial messages. Now we have the timeline at the bottom of the software. And if your timeline only shows one inside it, then click the View menu at the top of the software, and then Avenue mouse cursor over the views menu, and then click on Simple View. And this section we'll expand the timeline and you will then see more clicks. The next thing we would want to do is to import our video animation file into open short. To do that, I will simply click the video animation file old and move my mouse cursor until it reaches the open short program icon at the bottom of the screen. And then I will move my cursor to the timeline. And then I will list my old and the left mouse button to drop the file. So the file was added to the timeline and it was also added automatically to the project files, books. And we will now want to click the video file that is inside the timeline, old, and then drag the video file until it reaches the 0 minute mark in the timeline and then release the mouse. You will know that you have reached the 0 minute when you suddenly see your video inside the video preview box. Okay, so now let's talk about our goal for this project. Our goal is to add free sound effects to our animation. We want a rolling ball sound effect, a slicing sound effect, and lastly, a shuttering sound effects. Now like with the video editors, there are paid and free sound effects that you can download from the internet. You don't have to make your own sound effects if you don't want to. The websites that I always use for downloading free sound effects are freesound.org, pixabay.com, and ZAB split.com. The website that I use most often is freesound.org because I feel that it is more sound effects. So let's go there first. And if we can find the sound effects that we like Dell, we will visit one or two of the other sites that I mentioned. We will see. So once you're on the freesound.org website, register for a free account. And after you are logged in, simply type the name of the sound effect that you want to download inside the cell at the upper right hand corner of the website, and then plus the Enter button to start the silage. Now by default, the sound effects that will come up in the search results are sorted according to the elements, which means that the first Search results will be the search results that are the most relevant to what you have searched for. Saying this, you can always click the drop-down list next to the world you've searched and change the way the results are sorted. But let's continue with our search results. So what we see on the page is a list of sound effects that we can download the 12 computer, each sound effect as a titan that we can click on to download it some more information about the sound effect and a thumbnail next to it. At the bottom left side of each thumbnail, we will find a play button that we can click on so we can feel the sound effect and see if it is what we need before we downloaded. So the first sound effect that I would like to download is a rolling ball sound effect, because I want the balls in my animation to make a sound while the roll on the ground. Okay, so now click the Play button at the bottom left side of the first firm name to hear the sound of this audio track. It is not bad, but I will try to see if I can find a sound which will be more specific to what I need. So I will now click on the play button in the bottom left side of the second thumbnail, and they will continue to go down the list until I will find a sound that I like. And I can find one that is exactly what I'm looking for. And we continue searching for one on pixabay.com. I see that I can't find any sound on this website that matches my search query. So I will move to the last side on my recommended cyclists, which is zip split dot-com. As I mentioned previously, I usually start my search on freesound.org or because they feel that out of the free websites that I mentioned, it is the largest collection of free sound effects, but I always go to the other two websites if I can find what I'm looking for on freesound.org, I always find a sound that I like on one of those free websites. But if you can find one after searching on all of them, simply go to Google and search for the words free sound effects, for example. And you will find many alternatives. For example, I owed that Epidemic Sound is a great website, but it is a paid website. So I will always do my research regarding biases and licenses on every website that I'm considering downloading sound fixed form. But let's continue with ZAB split.com. We look for the one in bold sound effect on this website. Okay, So I didn't find the sound I was looking for on freesound.org and on Pixabay, but I did find it on zip split.com. So click there p53 button right next to the sound effect timeline. To download the sound effect, you will need to create a free account with the website by clicking the register button at the upper right hand corner of the screen. But once you do just insert your username or e-mail and your password, then click the login button at the bottom of the page. If you're not already logged in to continue the terms at the right side of the website. And if you agree to them, click the Download button above the terms to download the file to your computer. Great. Once we have the sound effect file on our computer, we will want to import it to the open short software, exactly the same way that we imported our video file. Another way to import a file into open short is to click the Open Tool File menu, then click the Import File option set for the audio file on our computer. And once we find it, click it, twilight it, and that double left-click it or click the open file at the bottom of the input files window. To import it. Once we do that, we will see the audio file inside the project files window, and then we will want to click it all the, move our mouse to the timeline and then release the mouse once our audio file is above or under the video file. Now that the audio file is inside our timeline, we will want to move it to the right location as we did previously for our animation video file. In this case, I will not want to move the audio file to the 0 in the timeline, but a few seconds after, because I want the rolling ball sound effect to only start playing when the first ball starts running on the screen. So I will click the software play button, which is located under the video preview window to 1 the video. And then I will pause the video. Once I see the first ball appeals in the video preview window. I will then click the circle at the right side of the Zoom feature, which we can find above the timeline. And then move the attached circle to the extreme left to fully zoom in on my clicks. And now I will move the blue play edit to the exact location I want, which is just a second before the first blue ball starts rolling and then release the mouse and then move the mouse until the audio file bumps into the plates red line. Now that the audio is where we want it to be, Let's click the play button to see how the two elements, the video and the audio file, walk together. Okay, So the animation and sound effect correlate perfectly. So now we will repeat the same process twice, meaning we will want to download the slicing sound effect that will only be played when the balls bump into the blades. And we will also want to download the shuttering sound effect that will only be played when the pieces I'll sketch out on the end. After we download the audio file, we will need to enable them to the open-source software and place them in the ICU patients as we did previously with the bowling ball sounds. Let's do it now. Looks at sounds perfect, and all that is left to do is to export our project as a video file. To do that, Let's move our mouse to the top of the software and click Export Video icon. First, let's decide on a name for our project and then type it right next to the filename caption. Then we can click the Browse button right next to the folder path caption to set the folder that we want our video file to be saved it. And lastly, I will click the drop-down list. Next to the video profile caption. Choose the HD 1080, 30 FPS, 1920 by 1080 widescreen aspect ratio option. You can of course, experiment with other aspect ratios and see what looks best to you. This is what I like to use. And finally click the export video file at the bottom of the Export Video Window to start the rendering process. That's it. Your edited animation is now on your computer inside the folder you provided in the Export window, and now includes free sound effects. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 39. EXTRA 3c - Create A Unique Image In Less Than 3 Minutes with Wombo Ai (AI Painting Generator): Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you an amazing free website that lets you create unique images very quickly. The website is using AI, meaning artificial intelligence, to generate the images and the smokestack this, the website will ask you to give it a water hole, few words, and then it will create a unique image based on the word or words you have given it. This means that you can insert the same word over and over again. And each time the website will generate a unique outlook that was never created before and will never be created again. Or in other words, an NFT. The name of the website is whom both dream. And you can see it if you go to the web address, window that out. Once you land on the website, just click the start creating button at the upper right-hand corner of the screen to begin, then simply type any word or words that you like inside the line where you see the message, type anything. For example, I would type the word forest. Then click on the art style that you want to use until the art style caption. And finally, click the Create button to generate the image. That's it. You can now just watch the image being generated at the right side of the page. Once the artwork is ready, you can name it under the name outlook caption. Then click the toggle button at the bottom of the website. You have to click the toggle button to save the rest of the page. Now if you don't want to show the world you have used to generate the outlook. In my case, I used the water forest. Then just turn the toggle button off. Click the Save button at the bottom of the website to save the image on your computer. Now, before we end the lesson, I just want to say that the software is also available on an app. So if you prefer to generate the outlook on your smartphone than simply search for the word window in the App Store. And you'll be able to download the app. So that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 40. Extra 3d - NightCafe Creator Artificial Intelligence Ai Application: Hi everyone. In this lesson I just wanted to share with you a text to image artificial intelligence tool that we can use Fu, a website called Night Cafe create. Now, before we start the lesson, I just want to say that this application is currently 100% free to use. Saying this after we use it a few times, we will need to purchase credits if we want to continue using it. So basically we start with just a few credits to test drive the software and we can purchase additional credits if we want to. Also, I want to say that the website is an frequently asked questions page, which we can access by simply adding a forward slash and then the word FAQs after the end of the website address line at the top of the page. And then we just need to press the Enter button on our keyboard. So I highly suggest that you read this page before you use the application because it is a page that covers topics like image copyrights, for example. As I said previously, the application is called Night Cafe creator. And it is simply a cool artificial intelligence. Our generation application, which lets us create totally unique digital artworks in just a few mouse clicks basically, and in a matter of seconds. Now after we create a digital artwork with this application, we can use the digital artwork in many different ways. One way that I feel most of us can use it is, for example, to promote our brand on social media. For example, we can put the digital artworks that we create with application on social media platforms such as TikTok, Instagram, Twitter, Facebook, Snapchat, pinterest, out station, deviant out linkedin, Tumblr be ans, and other platforms as well. Of course, those platforms will help us to promote our blend. Usually any social media platform that we can think of, a place is allocated to us to put a link back to our listing product pages. Okay, I will now show you how simple it is to find this application and how easy it is to use it. So we can find the Nikon FE creator on the web address creator that Night Cafe, that studio. Once we reach the website, we just need to describe what we want to see in our digital artwork. Inside the line under the caption, describe what you want to see. If you're not sure what to type, then you can just click the very tiny random line, which is right next to the caption describing what you want to see. The application will provide a suggestion inside the line under the caption. But in this case, I will want to provide my own idea. So we'll just delete the line and type. Let's say Ford for example. It is not the time angry right now. This is just an idea that popped into my head. There under the choose a style caption, we can pick the style that we want for our outlook. And once we do that, we can just click the Create button to generate our outlook. Just click the Create button right now to generate the output, we will need to create a free account with the website if we want to use it. I've already done that. So I can only generate my image. Now the amazing thing about using an AI service like this one is that the image that we create with it will be 100% unique to us, meaning the same image will never be created again. So we're basically getting you a unique art piece that will only be available to us. Usually AI out generate those applications, use different images that AI tool finds on the Internet. And then simply combines the images together to create an original piece of felt. After our artwork is ready, we can then simply download it. And there are other options as well. In my case, I'm going to download the artwork and upload it to all my social media accounts that I mentioned to promote my blend. I will also try to sell the digital outbox that I create with the service as LFTs. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 41. EXTRA 4 - My Heritage Nostalgia Service Will Bring Images To LIFE! - My Heritage Deep Nostalgia: Hi everyone. In this super-quick lesson, I just wanted to show you an extremely cool website that is called my heritage. And the thing I find so-called about this website is that it will animate images for us. Might irritate is a very popular website which is known for creating family trees. But what many people don't know is that this website also provides a feature which led to animate the face in the still image. And by that, turn the face image into a video. That technology is called deep nostalgia. For example, I've just downloaded this free image of a woman to my computer and I will now show you how I can animate this image with the help of this website. Let's go to the my heritage deep nostalgia page by simply typing my heritage.com forward slash deep hyphen nostalgia in the web browser wherever this line. And then let's press Enter. Once you land on the page, just click the Upload Photo button. Find the image that you want to upload from your computer and then double-click it to upload it. Then just sign up to the website. And the after you do the website, we start animating the image. You can now click the Download video button to download the video to your computer. Now before we end this lesson, I just want to say that the website will let you animate a few images for free. But after a few images, it will ask for a payment. So you can tie it out as a non-paying user. And if you decide that you like what you've seen and you want to invest in the unlimited version, then you can do so. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 42. Class Project 04 - Create A Social Media Account, Post To It, And Add A Bio Link: Hi everyone. It is Stanford class project. What I want you to do in this short class project is to create a social media presence and start to gradually goal and audience on it. That's it. I personally suggest that you would create a social media account, one of the seven leading social media platforms, meaning Either TikTok, Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, Pinterest, Twitter, or Snapchat. Then I would suggest that you bought a single outlook each and every day, all the social media account that you registered with. If you want to watch more than one social media account, that's fine. As long as it will be too time-consuming for you. Meaning it is better to be consistent in posting towards social media platform, each individually, then the legislating for seven different social media platforms. And only rarely. Then I want you to add a link to your NFT marketplace account inside your social media account bio section. You can use your social media account to promote. You'll NFT listings, person speaking each and every day for a few months now, I post my digital outbox on my Instagram account and on my TikTok account. And only then I upload them to the NFT marketplace. It won't be very little if you sell your NFP is either after posting a few posts, but if you stick to it for a few months, so that slowly but surely, you would increase your chances of selling your dramatically. The reason for that is that you'll gradually build an audience who loves your digital outbox. And the small group out of this audience, we want to buy your LFTs. But again, you most cases, it takes time before you can create a loyal audience. But again, remember that if you will be persistent in creating and listing your art or you will not only be a bit of creator, but you will also increase your chances of selling your LFTs, not once you've published your first post and edit your NFT account link to the bio section, post the link to your social media account in the discussion area so I can give you my feedback. And so other students can find more about you in all the action steps for this lesson. Number one, create a social media account on one of more of the seven leading social media platforms. Picked up Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, Pinterest, Twitter, or Snapchat. You can even post two linked in, which nowadays is not only a great place to find walk, but it is also a great platform to post content number, to publish a new post each and every day. That social media account or accounts. Number three, the link to your NFT marketplace account inside your social media account. Both section number four, after you've published your first post in your social media account and edit the link to your NFT marketplace account inside your social media account bio section posted a link to your social media account in the discussion area. So I can give you my feedback and so other students can learn more about you. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 43. EXTRA 5a - TikTok - Install The TikTok App And Publish Your First Image On TikTok: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how to create a Tik Tok account and how to promote your artwork VIO Tik Tok account. Now I fully understand the Tiktok is a very broad topic. And this slide I have on this website a full to our scores on the topic of Tiktok saying this, you don't need to buy my foot tiptoe course because I'm going to cover the basics of how to install the TikTok app and how to publish a video on tiktok in this lesson. So the first thing you will need to do is to download the TikTok app from the app store. If you don't already have it on your smartphone. Once the tip of F is owning a smartphone device, 10 it to open it. Now, I already have a TikTok account on the subject of food. And this is the reason why you see all the videos zeal. But if you have never created a TikTok account before, then you will not see the screen. Let me show you now the screen that you will see. To show you the screen that you will see, I will tap on my name at the top of the screen and then tap the plus icon at the bottom of the screen to add a new account. So this is the signup for Tiktok page that you should see if you have never created a TikTok account on your smartphone. And we should now create a file in the same way that we will create a full file in any other lambda. Great, So we have created a TikTok profile. And this one new technical profile is currently set as a personal profile by default. And the next thing we want to do is to edit our poor fanpage. To do that, tap the Edit Profile button at the center of the screen. In the popup page, you can change your name, username, bio, and also add your Instagram and YouTube channels. If you have them. Once you which one hundred, ten hundred followers, you will see an option on this page to add a website web address. And I would suggest that you will either add a link that will lead you a view as to a website that showcase your FFTs. A link that will direct your viewers to one of the NFT market places in which you sell you and FTEs. Or you can even add a website link that directs people to a squeeze page so you can get the contact details and send them emails. Again, I have on this website a full three hour course about email marketing if you want to learn about this topic. But again, you don't have to register to that course. Now, Tiktok doesn't currently give you the option to add multiple website links to your profile. Yet you can register with a free external service, such as link TO E. And the service would provide him with a web address that will direct you to the US to a landing page. You can add multiple links, but all of these is in the future. And your first goal will be to first get 11000 followers. So take the quiz, enable the website web address feature on your account. By the way, once you reach one hundred, ten hundred followers, you will also be able to stream live shows on tiktok. Now, there is another way to get the option to add a web address to your profile. And you can do that by switching to a business account. I personally don't recommend you do that because I are the windmills that Tiktok limits the number of views that business accounts get because they want businesses to pay for ads to promote the content and not get the traffic organically. But if you want to do it, tap the three lines at the upper right hand corner of the screen, then tape the first option, Manage My Account, then simply tap the switch option and then follow the instructions on the screen to switch your account. Now let's publish our first post. I'll post can be either an image or video. And in this example I will post any image. So to publish in the image on tiktok, simply tap on the plus icon at the bottom of the upload icon next to the tip, the photo step. The time is silicon at the upper right hand corner of the image that you want to publish. And then tap the Next button at the bottom right-hand corner of the screen. To continue, you should now see the image that you are about to publish and you should also use music playing in the background. This is the default music. Now if you want to switch the default sound that you now feel, then simply tap on the sounds icon at the bottom left end corner of the screen to switch the sounds. You also have other icons around the screen that you can use if you want to add effects, stickers and the mole. So again, I would just tap the red Next button at the bottom right side of the screen to continue. This is the last screen that we will see before our image goes live on tiktok. Now, you don't have to type anything on the screen and you can just tap the red pause button at the bottom of the screen to publish your image on TikTok. If you do want to add something, then you can write a caption that is Skype SEO image. And you can also add edge texts, but you don't have to. The Tiktok algorithm is smart enough to know what your video is about. And sometimes edge texts actually prevent your video from going viral. So tie a few images with ash tx and ty, some images without HDX and see which of the Post's work best for you. That's it. The Tik Tok algorithm will now send your image to a group of Tiktok users. And if a certain percentage of those users will enjoy video, take the cool, send your image to a bigger group of people, and so on. I have now switched to my adam Tik Tok account, which is mainly about food preparation. And as you can see, one of my videos is reached more than 12 million people who organically meaning without using paid ads. And there isn't that this video was so popular is because of what I've said previously, that Tiktok algorithm is send this video to a small group people. Initially, the algorithm detected that these small group of people enjoyed this video. So it sent it to a bigger group of people. And when it detected that the bigger group of people also enjoyed the video, the alkyl lithium send the video to even a bigger group, and so on. Now I know that all the information that I've provided in this lesson can be overwhelming if you are new to it. So if you have questions, then feel free to post your questions in the discussion area and I will reply to each one of your questions asap. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 44. EXTRA 5b - TikTok - How To Publish Your First Video On TikTok - Test Shorter Videos: Hi everyone. In the previous lesson, I showed you how to download and install that TikTok app on your smartphone device. And they also showed you how to publish an image on tiktok. Now in this lesson I want to show you how to publish a video on tiktok. The process of publishing a video on tiktok is almost exactly the same as the process of publishing an image. Yet, I would like to give you some tips. I will not publish an animation video on TikTok. So I will give you the tips while I publish the video. So I'm now on my profile page and our tap the plus icon at the bottom of the app to continue. Then I will tap the upload icon, which is next to the big red record button. Then I will tap it. The tiny circle at the upper right-hand corner of the video thumbnail that I want to publish. And then the Next button to continue. We can now see the video that I'm about to publish playing in the background. And this time there isn't any music playing in the background. We would want to tap the sounds icon at the bottom of the screen and then tap on the music that we would want to use. Now for the first tip that I wanted to share with you in this lesson, I suggest that you will publish videos on TikTok that are just a few seconds long, preferably between five to eight seconds long. For my experience, TikTok users have a very short attention span, so I don't recommend you take a one hour and 30 minutes or even a 10 minute video and just publish it on tiktok. As is. Not to mention that you can technically do it because currently ticked off doesn't give you the option to upload videos that are more than three minutes long. And you will usually not want to upload videos that are very long anyway, most Tiktok users will just not watch and on video in full and most certainly will not watch one a few times over. And as I said in the previous lesson, the typical algorithm will keep showing your video to bigger groups of URLs if it detects that people are enjoying your video. Now, as I mentioned in the previous lesson, No one knows exactly how the algorithm works. But one of the major factors that it clearly takes into account is watch time. And it makes perfect sense that the more time people watch your video, the more you help Tiktok keep users inside the app, and thus, the more TikTok will reward you by sending you more traffic. So as I want to find, the main goal when publishing videos on TikTok is to make the videos short and sweet. So tik tok uses will watch them up until the end and hopefully a few times. So we'll now I specifically said the words as a rule of thump because we ticked off. It is all a matter of testing and there are no holes that are set in stone. If you are making exceptionally good, intriguing videos, then your video might go violent, even if it is one minute long, two minutes long, or even 40 minutes long. Yet again, as a rule of thump, in my experience, usually this is not the case and you should be aiming to create shorter videos. Again, the sweet spot for me is between five to eight seconds long. Now, in this course we talked about the free, open short video editing software that you can surely use in this lesson as well to make your videos shorter. But if your video is already on your smartphone device, then you can edit it. They'll make it shorter by installing a free app like be cut, for example, or iMovie. Imovie is just available for iPhone users on the Apple Store. Now if you do have a long video and you want to make it shorter, but you don't want to use a video editing software to do it, then you actually have two additional ways to do it from within the TikTok app. Here's how you do it. Firstly, from this screen, you will want to tap there just clips icon at the upper right-hand corner of the app. And then you can either tap the red bow, a delight side of the timeline all, and then move it to the left in the release once you reach the point that you want your video to end, this is one way. The second way is to tap the speed icon, which you will find at the right end side of your screen and then adjust the spinning of the clip. And as you can see in this case, the clips normal length was 9.3 seconds, and now it is 3.1 seconds. That's it. When you are done editing the clip, just tap the Save capture at the upper right hand corner of the screen to save the changes. Now, if you just take one thing from this entire lesson, then take these Tiktok is all about testing. I said before, there isn't a single method of publishing videos that will always walk. And you should really publish as many images and videos on tiktok as you can and see what works best for you. For example, in this case, I want to experiment with the original version of the clip. So I will tap the one x speed option and then tap the Save button, which is again at the upper right hand corner of the screen. I don't want to use any of the other icons on the screen, so I will just tap the red Next button at the bottom of the screen to continue. And this time I don't want to add anything in the description area, so I will just tap the red Post button at the bottom of the screen to publish my video. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 45. EXTRA 5c - Publish Your Second Video On TIkTok - Take Advantage Of The Looping Feature: Hi everyone. One of the main factors that the Tiktok algorithm takes into account when it decides how many people are going to be exposed to your video is completion rate. Meaning if you've watched your entire video from start to finish, you will have a 100% completion rate. But if you've just watched Alphaville video for example, then you will have a 50% completion rate, the IADL completion rate, the motif dog will promote your video to other people. The reason why I tick tock prefers to promote videos with a higher completion rate is because the videos with a higher completion rate keep people on the app, which is surely one of TikToks goals. This is why in the previous lesson, I've suggested that you will try to create short till preferably five to eight seconds long videos. You will get the best completion rate. You see. It is more likely that people will watch 90% or 100% of your video. If it is five to eight seconds long, for example, then if it is one minute long, saying this, if we will watch his 90% of a video, which is one minute long, it will be better than if a viewer watches 90% of a video, which is five to eight seconds long, because watching 90% of a video, which is one-minute long, equals more watch time than watching a 90% of a video, which is five to eight seconds long, but it is extremely out to create a one-minute long video that people will be so interested in that we watch it until the end. The question that you may ask now is, how can we create shorter videos that people not only watch from start to end, we get the completion rate checked, but also watch those videos a few times oval. So we will get more watch time. Of course, we can do our best to create interesting videos, but we will never know for sure if other people will find our videos interesting to watch. My suggestion for increasing your videos watch time is to take advantage of the TikToks platform looping feature. Let me now explain what I mean by that. You'll see by default every time that the video finishes playing on tiktok, it loops and starts all over again from the beginning. There isn't that many creators videos on tiktok don't go viral is because people don't watch the videos a few times over. Most of the time, they probably only watch them for a few seconds or maybe just from start to end one time. So my suggestion is that you will try to publish videos that have no apparent ending. And this is a key sentence for this lesson. I'll explain what I mean by that. We want to publish the kind of videos that many of our viewers will keep watching again and again and again without noticing that they are actually seen the exact same video over and over again, you see the Tiktok algorithm is simply a code, a code that can tell the difference between a V will watches a video for a long time because he or she is really interested in the videos content to a view. We'll watch a video for a long time because he or she simply didn't realize that the video has looked a few times oval. For the Tiktok algorithm, watch time is watch time. And thus it will send your video to more and more people. The more watch time your video gets, regardless of the cause behind the watch time. Of course, as long as we do everything ethically and not something that goes against the Tiktok goals. In this course, I showed you how to create a bolt slicing animation in Cinema 4D with sound effects. And one of the reasons why I've decided to create this animation in the way that I did, is because I wanted you to have your first looping animation ready for this lesson. I will now publish the board slicing animation on tiktok. Okay, So now we'll take the PK profile page. Let's step the plus icon at the bottom of the screen to start at the publishing process, then we would want to tap the upload icon, which is next to the record button. Now, we would want to tap the videos tab and choose the video that we want to publish. Then tap the Next button at the bottom right side of the screen to continue with the publishing pauses. On this page you can add different elements to your artwork. But I wanted to post my video as is with no music, just its own sound effects. Just step the next button at the bottom right side of the app. Now this is the last page that we have before our video goes live. I will take the image at the right side of the screen to select a thumbnail for my video, and then tap the Save caption at the upper right side of the screen to save the change. Next to the image, we have the description box. And if you want, you can type a few words about your video inside it. For example, you can name your outbox ill, and even add a few related tags. The reasoning for adding tags is 12. The Tik Tok algorithm, understand what your video is about and by debt Elke, the Tiktok algorithm push-up video to view while interested in your video's subject. But in reality, I had many videos that they've done viable, meaning videos that got many views. And in those videos I didn't provide text in the description area. The best course of action is to simply test meaning, post as many videos as you can on tiktok. Some of them with text and some of them without text, and see which ones work best for you. I'll keep all the toggle buttons below turned on. And this can potentially increase the number of views that they will get for my videos. Once we are done, we will just step the post button at the bottom right side of the page to make our video go-live. After we've posted our video, we can tap the profile icon at the bottom right side of the screen, telling 12 a profile page and then access our new video. Now, because you and I created this animation together in the workshop, we both know when the video loops. Imagine a TikTok user watches this animation for the very first time. I feel that the average view, we'll, we'll watch this animation a few times over before your sheet will realize that he or she is watching the same clip over and over again. The reason that I didn't add the Tiktok music to this animation is that music would have disclosed the fact that the video is looping, because whenever v will, will easily get the music started playing from the beginning, you'll sheath will know that the video is looped and that they are now basically watching the same video animation all over again. And as a result, some of us will stop watching the video. Now creating a really good looping video is not easy, and it is really an art form. So if you want to continue creating looping videos, know that it will take time to fully master the process. But again, like with anything else in life, the more you do it, the more efficient you will become. Before we finish the lesson, I just wanted to show you two examples of looping videos. So the concept of a looping video will be clearly, this looping video is for my own Tiktok food channel. This video is from another TikTok channel, not mine, but both are looping videos. I watched this nature video many times and I still can't figure it out when it ends. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 46. Project 05 - Learn More About The NFT Space: Hi everyone, It is time for our class project. At this point, you should have your template, your plan of action, a digital asset, at least one NFT listed for sale on one of the leading NFT marketplaces and a social media account that promotes your NFT account. Once you have all of those in place, then please make sure to post both your template and the link to your social media account in the discussion area. So both myself and the other students can give you feedback and learn more about you. The only action step for this project is to enhance your knowledge. This is a huge course with many lessons. And I suggest that you go through all the lessons that you might not have watched because they will not needed to complete the project. And what they are now, the reason that they'll combine these is because I keep adding new lessons to his course all the time. So you will always want to be on top of things and learn everything you can about this business. As we all know, knowledge is power. The more you can learn about the energy space, the petal. This is an exciting new field that I believe is going to be with us for many, many years to come. So you always want to be on top of it. That's for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 47. EXTRA 6 - Part 1 - Decentraland - A Metaverse World - Introduction: Bill, in this course we have a lesson about the story of NFT. And in that lesson I briefly explained about the dissenter land for the world. Now, in this lesson and in upcoming lessons, I want to talk about the decentralised virtual world in more depth and explain how we can all benefit for me. If you're familiar with ONE and virtual platforms such as Second Life or if you're familiar with some of the open world games, for example, then I guess that you will feel right at home when you first visit the central atom. Second Life, for example, you can explore a gigantic virtual map and interact with the objects and people inside the virtual wall in real time. Second Life also as a virtual marketplace where they can buy and sell virtual items with a virtual coin called Linden dollars. In the dissenter in the marketplace, you can do the same. You can buy and sell virtual wearable for alpha taus with the dissenter and virtual coin, which is called manner more or fail in the same way that you can buy and sell virtual land inside Second Life, you can buy and sell virtual land inside the central end. And again, like in Second Life, you can build the structure else like ours, for example, on your virtual and sang this, there is a major significant difference between Second Life and the central. And, and the difference is that in Second Life, you don't control the platform. If Linden Lab, the company behind Second Life, goes out of business or decides to change the walls of the Second Life virtual world. Usu Zealand need to hope that the changes will not out what we have accomplished inside that digital world. Just as an example, if you have a virtual job inside the world of Second Life and suddenly Linden Lab, again, the company behind Second Life, decides to Ben, you form the virtual mode, then you lose your salary from that virtual job overnight. Also, as I mentioned previously, you can buy virtual land and build structures on it in Second Life. But again, if Linden leg bends, you change it soils or goes out of business. All the digital assets on your land, which might have taken you months or even eels to create. And also maybe a lot of money can vanish overnight. Now, the beauty of the central end is that I like Second Life, that each ton assets that UL, inside the central and belong to the community and not to a single entity like Linden Labs. So in the same way that people like the idea that the blockchain is not controlled by any bank. So do people like the idea that the digital assets are not in the ends of a company who can appeal, bend them for whatever reason, or change its source, not in the favor of the night. It is glad to know that in the central and the virtual real estate belongs to the community and not to any one entity. But it is also good to know that each virtual wasted is not fungible, meaning a unique item. Do you see how amazing all of this is? You see with a lesson in this course about what admin FTEs. And in that lesson explain that an NFT means non-fungible token or in other words, a unique item. So the Filter1 lens inside the central and really FTEs, they are unique items, a token on the filename blockchain. Actually, they are very unique and very collectible and then have a bias on NFT marketplaces, such as open sea, while willing to pay me and some dollars to buy those scarce virtual lens. It might not be instant, but like with Second Life, the more hours you spend inside central in the virtual world demo, I believe you will see how much potential it is. You can buy and sell virtual or real estate. You can buy and sell wearables. And if T is in virtual art galleries and much, much more. Now in order to not overwhelm you with too much information, I will stop now, but I will continue adding more lessons to discuss about the central end. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 48. EXTRA 6 - Part 2 - Decentraland - A Metaverse World - Enter The World: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how you can visit the decentralized world. So in order to visit this world, we will first need to go to its official website. But before we visit the website, we will first need to make sure that we have the MetaMask wallet installed on a Google Chrome browser. And if you don't, then just watch the lesson in this course in which I show you how to get this extension and how to install it on your bow cell. So the first thing we would want to do is to go to google.com, type the central end and then percentile. Then just click on there. Welcome to the central and search result. It is an important that you double-check that you are in fact on the central end.org, which is the official, the central and website, and not on any other website, which might not be safe to use. So once you have made sure that you are on the right website, the next thing you would want to do is to either click the Start Exploring button in the upper right-hand corner of the website, or click the Get Started button at the left side of the website. Both buttons for lead you to the same page. Now, because you have momentum is insoluble in your book and you will want to enter the decentralized world by clicking on the play using your wallet books. On this page, we need to select the image. So we would want to click on the momentum is valid option. Now I want to define your style and we can customize the avatar that we want to use inside the vCenter. And let's do it now. Once we're done, we would want to click the Done button and the button by the side of the page. To continue. In this window, we need to give it a name until the manual. And then I'll take the next button at the bottom of the window to continue. Now you'd want to win the central theorem. So conditions and privacy policy scroll down to do so. And once you scroll down to the very bottom of the textbooks, the I agree button will be enabled and you'll be able to click it to continue. Great, so that the central and world has been loaded. And I know that because I've just been dropped inside the world, which is called Genesis plaza. These Genesis Plaza is the out of this world, basically the main hub of this virtual world. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 49. EXTRA 6 - Part 3 - Exploring The Controls And An NFT Art Gallery: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how to navigate inside the central end. Now before we continue, I just want to say that if for some reason you feel that TO experience inside this mold is slow, meaning legging, not smooth enough, then try to close any program on your computer that you don't currently need. The speed of the world will depend on your computer out will, you will graphic art, for example, your Internet speed, the speed of the central and silver, and also the activities that you do inside this world. And the quickest way that you can improve the smoothness of this world is again, by closing programs on your computer that you don't go on to use. For example, I am currently using the Camtasia screen recording software to a quote, this lesson. And the software takes a lot of my computer resources, but I have to use the software to encode this lesson. It, if I wasn't recording this lesson and I felt that the world was not running smooth enough. I would close the container software if it was open, of course. So let's continue. When you first enter the world, you will see all out battle at the upper right-hand corner of the screen. Now the central and works very much like a computer game, which means, for example, that the controls are similar. So let's press the C key on our keyboard to see the control panel. So the first keyboard key that we place the sea. And as we can see by pressing the key on our keyboard, we'll be able to see the rest of the mouse and key contours. Let's go over the rest of the controls one by one. On the left side of the screen, we can see that we can open and close the world map by placing the m or Tab key. Now, if you're familiar with computer games, you will recognize the WASD buttons and those keyboard buttons control your movement inside the world. You will use the W button to go forward, the a button to go to the left, the D button to go to the right, and the S button to go backwards. You use the space button to jump. If you prefer to switch this view, you can by placing the V button on your keyboard. If you want to add the UI, meaning the interface that is on the screen, just place the New button on your keyboard. Next is the button I on the right, which stands for inventory. By pressing the I button, you will be able to open and close your backpack. And if you decide to open your big, big, you will access your inventory. And if you want to close your backpack, you would just want to press the button again. Now as you can see at the top of the screen, we can always click day the central world to local mouse cursor and control our avatars view. And we can press the Escape button on the keyboard to unlock it. Now at the bottom left side of the screen, we can see that T keyboard button, and this button controls the token function. So if you press this button while you are in this world and you have a microphone plugged into your computer, you would be able to talk inside this world. The Enter button is for in-game chat. L is forcing your list of bodies inside the world. The big keyboard button is for opening and the closing, the emote menu. And you can click at each ear mode by pressing the noumenal keys. Next we have the x keyboard button, and we use this button to move around the world. And lastly, we would want to use the peak keyboard key to open and close the settings window. Now, there is a keyboard key which is not mentioned in the Contoso window. And it is the alt button on your keyboard. And if you press the alphabet 10 while spinning your mouse, you'll be able to rotate the world around you o'clock till let's click the X to close the contours window. We also have the free options inside the test valid the bottom right side of the screen to choose from. For example, we have an option to tell now commode on and off. So if we prefer to experience this fold in the dock, we can. And then option for example, is the explorer icon. And if we click on it, we'll be able to jump in to different areas of the world. We can also open this window by pressing our keyboard X button. Now you don't have to explore the central and food explore and play window. You can also explore the different areas in the world. For the decentralized world pub, which we can open by pressing the button on our keyboard. The small surface around us represent other people will also inside the Genesis Plaza. Now in order to explore different areas of the map, you just need to move your mouse cursor to the place you want to explore. Then click the left mouse button and then drag your mouse while clicking the left mouse button. So in this case, I wanted to move up to the top of the map. So I was letting my mouse up while clicking the left mouse button. Now, if you want to live the Genesis plaza and expel another area on the map, you will simply need to click on the area that you want to explore and just click the jump in button inside the window to jump into that area. So you can explore any area that you like. And in this lesson we will explore an NFT out getting me and I will write on the screen the location of the kidney. Once you've see the image of the location, then again, just press the jump in button to jump to the Salia. It make take some time for the area to load. But in a few seconds, we should be inside the area where the gallery is located. Okay, So we've been developed inside this new area. So I will now go inside the art gallery. And last UL, inside the NFP. You can simply click on one of the digital paintings in order to see the marketplace website. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 50. EXTRA 6 - Part 4 - How To Buy Digital Real Estate In Decentraland (Metaverse Real Estate Explained): Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to show you how people buy, sell, and even a rent virtual real estate in the central and LMP in the central and ease non-fungible token. Digital asset, meaning an NFT and one cylinder has been purchased. The owner of the land gets a unique token which is maintained in helium smart contract. In simple words, when a person buys a landing the central and the transaction is recorded on the filename blockchain. And then the new owner as proof that he or she is the owner that lend the central end lengths extremely desirable, and thus they sell for a lot of money. Some of those plots of land sold for millions of dollars. The owner of the land can build structures on easily Ireland almost different kinds of events and create different types of activities. For example, the owner of the land can also end ease away or lend to other people who websites such as the CLV, thing.com, rentable.com, and on Open. See that i o, for example, the different kinds of lens that one can purchase on the central and the vowel one-by-one land plots called paresis. Quarterly, there are 90,601 pill cells in the central and in total, and the dimensions of 52 feet by 52 feet or 16 by 16 meters. If you use the metric system. And owner can buy two or more directly adjacent cells and create form then any state. Now a person can purchase land on the central and form two different marketplaces. One is the dissenter in marketplace and the other is the open sea marketplace. And just as a reminder, lens on the central end and FTEs. And thus after the purchase that transaction we be stored on the filename block chain. So the new Arno, we live a poof of ESOL, ownership of the client. Now you can access the Decentralized marketplace for the official decentralized website, which you can find if you go to the central end that OK. Once you're on Central and.org, just click the marketplace link at the top of the website. And then you will be directed to the marketplace website, which is located on a market that the central and that OK. The first thing we will want to do once we reach the marketplace is to click the Start browsing button. Now we can see that the central and map, the light blue highlighted areas that see on the map are the only areas that are currently for sale. And if we press their own cell toggle button at the right side of the screen, it will turn off and then we will just see the areas on the map that are not for sale. If we click the white icon next to the toggle button, we will be able to see the marketplace listing full a different view. Left with a toggle button. We have a drop-down list, which by default shows us the newest listings. And we can click the drop-down list to change the order of the listings. For example, let's select cheapest to see the cheapest lens that are currently for sale. The price or selling manner, which is the coin that is used in the decentralized world. And again, as before, we have the same preview, teaser information about the land under the image. And if we click the lens, the image, we can go inside it's listing and get some more information. There are also different sorting options that we can choose from at the left side of the page. Now let's turn that toggle button back on so we can see the lens which are currently for sale. We can now, for example, just hover over one of the lens which are for sale. And once we place our mouse on one of those lens, we will immediately see a black window, which will provide us with information about the land. Inside the black window, we can see the name of the lend, its coordinates, meaning its location on the map. And it's Spice. Again, we can get more information about the land by simply clicking on it. Once we click it, we can scroll down and see the name of the land, the Netbook that the land is on, and its price. And if we are interested in this land, then we can simply click on either the bead or buy buttons at the right side of the screen. Now, like in real life, many people don't just buy or Baden lens before they actually see them and determine their value. And thus, near the name of the land, we have a jump in button which will teleport us to that land. So we can teleport to inside the decentralized world and examined the land before we place a, B, donate, put an offer on it or bite. The Python dilemma will be determined by a few factors. And again, like in real life, the factors I'll supply and demand, the size of the land, and the lens location. For example, in real life, if you own the land inside him at opening city, you will usually pay more for it than if you bought the same size of land in a remote CT. The same goes inside the central and an end which gets a lot of traffic. Meaning land which is very populated, will usually be more expensive to purchase or rent, then I'll end. That gets less traffic. Now, as I mentioned previously, that is central in the marketplace is not the only market place from which you can purchase land. And you can also purchase land on the open sea marketplace. To do that, you can go to the official page of the central and one open sea which is located on Open see that i o forward slash collection, forward slash the central end, and then review the listings that are offered for sale. End like on the Decentralized marketplace with different drop-down lists that we can use to sort the listings. We can click on any of the listings that we see to learn more about the land that is up for sale and place a bid, put, an offer, all buy the land. The buttons will change based on our own l configured the listing. So on some of these things we will see a place be the option, and on others a buy button and a Meccano Fill button. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 51. Ask Amir 0001 - Students Questions And Answers - How To Create Layers In Canva: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, we will create the layers for the LFTs in our collection. I'm going to use the convert design website to create the layers. And you can do the same or go with any other design platform or software that you are comfortable with. The kind of a software is free to use. Yet as a free user, you will not be able to access premium images and you will not be able to download your images with a transparent background. Now, you don't have to download premium images because there are many free images on Canvas that you can use. And you can also import royalty-free stock images into Canva from pixabay.com, for example. Yet we will need our images to be transparent. And if you prefer not to pay for a Canvas subscription, then you can export your images from Canva basic account without conspiracy, and then upload your images to a free online tool which will make your images transparent. Now can validate you test the service for 30 days for free and without any limitations. So if you want my recommendation, then I suggest that you sign up for a Canva account tested for 30 days. And if you don't want to continue with the Canva account after the trial period is over, then simply cancel your account so you will not be charged. There isn't that they recommend that you use Canva pro is just because it will save you a lot of time and not because you can't implement the steps in this lesson for free. I am not affiliated with Canva in any way, shape, or form. I've just used Canva as a free user for long time, then signed up for the 30 day trial version, which I see is risk-free. And now I am a paying user who pays them monthly. Okay, So while you implement the steps that I showed you in this lesson, Canada will ask you to upgrade your account to a poor account. And once you see this request, just follow Canvas instructions and upgrade your account to a poor account. And once you do, you start the 30 day free trial period. Okay, let's begin. So the first thing you'll want to do is to go to canva.com and click the sign-up link at the upper right side of the screen and to sign up for the free account. Once we are logged in, let's click the Create Design button at the upper right hand corner of the screen, and then click the Custom Size circle at the bottom of the window. I want a 500 by 500 pixels square. So insert 500 under the width caption and 50, 100, 100 the ICT caption. And because pixels is said by default, I will just need to click the Create New Design button under the width and height lines to continue. Great. So we now have a 500 by 500 pixels square. So we can now start walking on our layers. Our start with the background layers. And I will now create the first one. I will just click on the square. Then I will click the tiny become colored box. At the top left. I will pick my color. And just save this column by clicking the Download button at the upper right hand corner of the screen, and then click the Download button to download the image to my computer. I'm going to repeat the same process four times, and each time I will pick a new becomes. Okay, good. So I have five become the images with different colors. So I'm done with the background folder. Now I will right-click on the background and then click the Delete option. So my canvas will be ready for the new glade. So next we will create a new folder which I will name. To add a character to our project, just click the elements icon at the upper left side of the website and then just type the name of the character that you want to use inside the white such line at the top, I want a turkey. So just type Turkey, add inside the search line and then press Enter. Then under the search line I will click the graphic tab. So we'll just get graphical images, not photos or videos. And then I will simply scroll down the search results and find a turkey image that I want to base my entire collection on. I will click on this one, use the circles around the image to make the image bigger. Then I will flip the image horizontal by clicking the flip menu at the top of the page, and then by clicking the Flip Horizontal option. Lastly, I will center the image. We have to helping lines to help us with that. Then I will save my image in the same way that I did previously. But from now on, all the images that I'm going to save will be transparent. So they will match nicely with the other layers. So to save the image as a transparent image, I will again click the Download button, then click the tiny box next to the transparent background caption, and then click the Download button to download the image to my Character folder. Next, I want to add extra so is to make an actor, for example, I can add different kinds of S. So I will create a folder inside my collections folder. And then I will type inside the search line end. I will click on the ad that I want to use. Bold. Move my mouse until it reaches the top of the turkeys add, I will release the mouse, click the Add Image, and then just use the small circles around the image to adjust the ad so it will match the head of the turkey. Once the exits naturally on the turkey's head, I will delete both the background and the turkey, so I will just be left with that. Then I will download and save the image as a transparent PNG image inside my assets folder. Great, So now repeat the process with four different edits. I will now click the Control and Z buttons on my keyboard, or the Undo icon at the top of the page to undo the change I have made and to get the turkey back on my canvas. I'm not sure if you want to see the entire process. So if you don't just continue watching the lesson, Watts, I'm done. Okay, So we've finished creating the five different. Then it will delete that and put sunglasses on the turkey instead. Sunglasses. Next. Looks good. And finally, I will add five exercise for the mouth of the turkey. So again, I will continue talking once I'm done. So I have finished creating all the layers for my project. So that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 52. Ask Amir 0002 - Students Questions And Answers - How To Create An ENTIRE NFT Collection (10,000+): Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson we are going to take it the layers that we have created and the upload them to a website which will generate NFT collections for us. So let's begin. The first thing we would want to do is to go to a website called auto window. This website provides a free hour generation service and you can find this website or an auto mean till.com. Next, we want to create an account with autumn, winter. And we can do so by clicking the Connect button, which we can find at the upper right-hand corner of the website. Now, let's go into the website. And if you don't give him at the misquoted, then simply go to the lesson in these goals in which I explain how to set up. Once you are logged in, just click the Create New NFT collection button at the top of the page. The first layers that we would want to applaud out the background layers. The Ottoman Turks of toner would create our LFTs based on those layers. It will randomize the layers and each time it will create an NFT be using a different layer. So let's click the Add Layer button under the no layers added yet caption to upload our background layers. So we have a box and upload button inside of it. And right next to it, there is a short text that explains to us exactly what we need to do. Please notice that there is a link to a guide below the text that we can leave it if we get stuck. So I will now click the Upload button inside the box to upload my first layer and double-click the background layer image. And as you can see, the background image was added to the list of layers. We can see the image we uploaded at the left side and some default information about the image at the right side of the page. You don't have to change the default information. But if you do one to do so, you can, for example, you can set the level of reality for each Mekone layer by simply clicking the drop down list under the liver, the caption, and choosing the level of clarity we want for the layer. That's it for the first background layer. And we will now want to repeat the process for each one of the background layers in our background folder. So let's do it now. Great. So I have all the layers in my home folder. And we will now want to impede the entire post this for each one of the layers. Okay, so once we haven't done anything below the alleles, we can preview all of these by clicking the button at the top of the page. Each time that we live in, the website has a new combination of loads. Once you're done adding all the layers, just click the generate collection button at the top of the page to generate your artwork. Then you will see this generate NFT collection window. And in the line under there are many NFT is caption. Just insert the number of NFT is you would want to generate. And then let's click the generate Outlook button below the line to generate the Outlook. Now this may take some time depending on how big your collection is. Okay, So all the images were generated and we can now preview all of them inside the split view images page. So I will now just scroll down and see that they all look good overall. And I will also click on a few of them to open the properties window and see that all the properties are set the way I want them to be set. 53. Ask Amir 0003 - Students Questions And Answers - How To Add Polygon Matic To MetaMask: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this short lesson, I will answer the question out to the polygon metric network to a MetaMask digital wallet. Now before we start, I just want to say that you don't need to download and install. New method is quality to use the polygon metric network. And you can simply add the polygon metric network to your existing matter misquoted. We have a lessening the scores in which I show you how to download and install the Mathematics digital wallet. So the first thing we would want to do to add the polygon metric network is to click on our mathematics quality extension icon at the top of our Google combo cell. Once you are logged in, just click on the account option icon at the top of the mask window. It is, well, we seek the three dots and then let's click the expanded view option to expand the mathematic window. Next we will want to click on the affiliate minute button at the top of the window. Then under the networks caption, we will want to click the ad network button at the bottom of the window that has just opened. Now we would want to fill all the fields on the screen. I will now paste all the information that you need to insert. And you can either pause the lesson and just copy all the information that you see me paste on the screen. You can pause the lesson and copy the information from a file that I will add to this course. Either way, once you've freed all the fields on this page, just click the Save button, the bottom of this page to continue. Now, when we click on the film main net button at the top of the page, we will notice a new network under the networks caption, which is called metric minute. And we can click on the metric minute network whenever we want to switch from the filename network to the polygon metric network and vice versa. 54. Ask Amir 0004 - Students Questions And Answers - What Types Of NFTs People Usually Flip?: I have 1. The question I'm going to answer in this lesson is what types of LFTs people usually flip? Doubtfully, main types of LFTs that traders usually flip out and 50s, gaming LFTs and profile picture LFTs out and FTEs are the kind of IN, OUT that you usually find in a museum like out by Salvador Dali. So Vincent van Gogh all know now know the Vinci, for example, gaming. And if t is L and FTEs that are used in online virtual worlds, like the decentralized online virtual world, where users can buy a bill to a lend virtual items and set up or against like crypto keys and X infinity. Often peach on NFT is the kind of LFTs that people usually buy in order to show them off in they'll often pictures on Twitter for example. Those FFTs can be NFT, so for animals or aliens, for example. Now flipping NFT is what LDL out gaming or both LFTs is similar to flipping physical items. In the physical world. Meaning your goal is to sell your NFT for a higher price than from what you called it fall and make a profit from the difference. Now, liking the physical world, you can also lose money by flipping items. And thus my recommendation is that number 1 only invest money that you can afford to lose. Number to research the topic or flipping an FTEs family before you start buying enough this number three and this point goes hand in hand with point number 1. Don't take anyone's advice, including my own as financial advice with zeal whisk when it comes to flipping FTEs, because flipping LFTs is an escape field. He has a huge potential, but you can also lose money, a lot of money. Not to mention that if you buy an NFT that you regret buying, it is not always easy to sell it right away to get some of your investment back. Because he would also need to find the bile that he's willing to bite off a few and sometimes you will not find a biome. Now it is also important to know that there isn't really a single method of flipping and FTEs that all NFT traders use. 750 traders sell them and if T is Shaoqi after buying them, and other traders prefer to hold onto their LFTs for the long-term. Sometimes to read those, just flip them common. And if these quickly and Aldon to Del Valle and FTEs, again, the method will change from trader to play them. 55. Ask Amir 0005 - Students Questions And Answers - Where To Find New NFT Projects To Invest In: Hi everyone. The question that I'm going to answer in this lesson is, well to find new NFT projects to invest in before I share with you my list of platforms, it is important for me to tell you that the goal of those platforms is just to showcase the projects. Those platforms will not give us financial advice. No. Can they guarantee that the information that is provided about the projects is accurate and that those projects are legitimate, 0 and profitable. Furthermore, they can't even guarantee that the people behind those projects Thrust for-fee. For this reason, you have to invest time in doing your own research before buying FFTs. There is actually a nice quote by Abraham Lincoln that I really like and I find it to be true in general. And when it comes to buying, NFT is the qualities. Give me six hours to chop down a tree and I will spend the first four sharpening the X, meaning it is important to take days and sometimes weeks to really research and NFT project before purchasing and FTEs for me to research into NFT space equals observation. By observation, I mean, not doing anything actionable, but simply observing NFT projects for a few days or weeks and learning about them and about the people behind them as much as possible. You see, you really want to research NFT projects fairly before investing in them. We will not want to jump. And by NFT is just because we like them or because we feel that they have a huge potential, you can never completely avoid the risk when buying LFTs. So all we are trying to do in the research phase is tied to minimize our risk of losing time and money as much as possible by doing proper analysis and collecting real data, and not by relying on our gut feeling. One website that we can start our research on is relative that tools. Once we have on the relative that towards website, we can click on the upcoming link at the top of the website and then just see what are the upcoming NFT projects. The thing that I really like about this website is that it doesn't only show you the upcoming projects at the left side of the page, but it also shows you how you can learn more about those projects at the right side of the page. So if a certain project, for example, looks interesting to you, you can simply click on the projects, the scope to ito oh, website link or all of them combined at the right side of the page to research more about the project. Now, those websites are good places to begin your research, but you can also research Tiktok, YouTube, and other social platforms and just look for NFT projects that people are extremely excited about and are about to launch soon. Another great website that we can use for research is IC that tools on IC duotones. So we can see the trending NFT collections on the homepage by clicking the trending menu. And we can also see the top NFT collections by clicking the top menu. The last website on my list is the website. And if the signal that i o, and on this website we can see which projects the top NFT collectors and influence cells are investing in, in real time. 56. Ask Amir 0006 - Students Questions And Answers - What Are Smart Contracts On Blockchain?: Hi there. In this lesson I want to answer the question, what is a smart contract? Now, I will start with some theoretical, technical explanation to give some important background. But shortly after, I will explain what they mean in simple terms. And they will also include the examples to make the topic clearer. So the concept behind the technology of smart contracts, which is to use a distributed ledger to store complex more on that later was first introduced in 1994 by computer scientist, law scholar, and cryptographer named Nick. Several smart contracts are a type of affiliate account. They are basically a piece of code which is written with a programming language called Solidity. If you are familiar with the JavaScript programming language syntax, then JavaScript that resembles the solidity syntax. Bitcoin also supports smart contracts, but it is more limited compared to a helium. Now I think that the best way to explain what a smart contract is in simpler terms is full a site like Kickstarter. Kickstarter is a fundraising third party website that people usually go to when they don't have enough money to make the idea come to life. And thus they go to Kickstarter to raise the money to fund the project. Kickstarter gives you a webpage in which you can present an idea that you have in your head and let supporters donate to your project to make it come to. For example, let's say that you have an idea for a children's book. If that's the case, then you might create a page on Kickstarter and state that you're funding goal is $10 thousand. You can also say that you are willing to give a copy of your book to people who donate to your project. The Kickstarter website will all the, all the money that you have received during the time that your campaign is running. And then once the campaign is over, the website will check if your campaign is reached the $10 thousand goal you have set for it. If you were able to watch them thousand dollars all know, in donations, then after the campaign is ended, the kick-start, the website will send you all the money that was donated. Yet, if the $10 thousand goal was not reached, then all the money will be returned to the people who have donated to the project. Now, both you and the people who donate to your project needed to put the trust in Kickstarter doing these poses, you and your supporters needed to trust Kickstarter, that Kickstarter will handle your money according to disagreement. Furthermore, kickstarter is a business and thus it can go out of business. So if you understand how the Kickstarter website walks, then you pretty much understand how a smart contract walks. I will now explain what I mean by that. The program is 0 programmed the kick-start the website if probably inserted a certain piece of code that all its funds until a set goal is reached and then give the supporters the ability to fund the project. So the logic behind the Kickstarter code can be, if the project is reached its goal, $10 thousand, then send all the money that was donated to the creator of the project. Else we turn all the money that was donated, the support those who donated to the project. This is exactly what a smart contract can be programmed to be like. A pogo ML can write a smart contract for an NFT marketplace, for example. And the logic behind the smart contract can be something like if a bio one NFT in an auction, then send the bile, DFT, else send the buyer a digital book on out to win options. With the smart contract, all the money is completely distributed and there isn't a bank or any other field, Bowtie intermediary, that has control over the money ends when smart contracts are used, there are no hidden fees, no manipulation, and no human arrow. Now, the Kickstarter crowdfunding platform and the NFT marketplace examples are just ways to explain how a smart contract works online. But a smart contract can be applied to the offline physical world as well. It can apply to banks and insurance companies. The bank or the insurance company can create a smart contract to create a recurring payments agreement between us and them. This recurring payment smart contract can automatically charged us and then send us a bill to our email list every time that certain predetermined conditions are made. Now, many people in the world don't like insurance companies because the insurance company may fail to pay them a certain amount that they promise to pay, because insurance companies are in the business of making money and not in the business of losing money. They tried to get as many potential clients as they can, but they have a conflict of interest when it comes to paying those clients the money they owed them when they actually need money from the insurance company. When that's the case, insurance companies will try to find loopholes in the agreements they signed with those people in order to avoid paying them what they owe them. This can't happen with the smart contract. A smart contract is in automatically self-executing contact, which is stored on a blockchain, like if helium and those set of instructions only execute when predetermined conditions are met. And this means that the insurance companies will not be able to temple with a smart contract or claim that a certain bar graph in the contract is open to debate. And insurance company, big as it may be, will not even be able to use the highly paid lawyers to try to change the terms of the contract they signed with you because the smart contract code is distributed across many different computers on the block chain around the world. And each one of those computers can access the agreement between you and insurance company and see exactly the terms inside it, obviously in the future, insurance companies, banks and postal offices, for example, may decide to draw more people to their services if they will offer the ability to sign a smart contract instead of the regular, traditional contract. Now currently, and if t is our most popular in the digital outfield, but in the future, they may be popular in real estate, for example. I mean, in the future, a deed to a house might be put on the block chain with the smart contract that will say that whoever all studied owns the house, just imagine that the process of buying and selling a house, which can take weeks, can be reduced to just a few minutes. Saying this, contracts are not perfect. They are like isolated closed boxes and they still need a way to interact with the offline external physical world to get real world data. And to do that, they use certain devices. They are called Oracle devices to bring data into the block chain or to execute some external computation. So smart contracts are like regular traditional contracts, basically a set of agreements. Yet because smart contracts are completely digital computer programs that are stored on the blockchain and not written on pieces of paper or on a computer, they have more capabilities. They are more immutable, meaning they can be changed once they are created and they are distributed. Meaning that the smart contract is validated by all the computers on the blockchain network. Thus, smart contracts are more advanced than regular, traditional contracts. The reason why it is almost impossible to tamper with the smart contract is because once a smart contract is created, everyone on the block chain network will detect the attempt and will not approve it. Now, if a group of people want to change a smart contract that they created due to a change of terms. So a bug in the code, for example, then a new smart contract will have to be created instead of the old contract. Because again, the old smart contract cannot be changed. And this group of people need to inform people not to use the old smart contract anymore. 57. Ask Amir 0007 - Students Questions And Answers - What Is Gas?: Idle, the question that I'm going to answer in this lesson is what is guess? We all know the term guess when it comes to fueling our cow with gasoline. But we also use the term when we fail to fueling transactions and executing specific operations on the filename network, guess we fails to defeat that. We need to pay whenever we want to do something on the filename blockchain platform. It is the unit used to measure the amount of computational effort that is required to process a request on the blockchain. For most people, the common request will be to initiate a transaction and to make a transaction, we will need to pay a certain fee. The fee amount that we will pay will be dependent on the amount of energy that it took the block chain to process our request. So the more complex our request is the ball computation power. Well, it will need, and thus the, I guess feet we be, if we buy an NFT for example, then we will pay a lower guests feel compelled to what we pay if we buy an NFT, that will also initiate a complex smart contract. Now, the guest cost itself will not be what we need to pay for a specific transaction. So to calculate the transaction fee, we will have to multiply the gas cost by the gas price. Now guess is measured in gray. A gray is a domination of EFL. If M is the filename virtual covalency. And if we understand that, then we can actually look at if Phil as doulas and on gray has sense. Now, you may ask the question, to own the gas payment is going to, the answer is that it goes to minus those miners are simply people like you and I will connect to the block chain for their computers and willing to let their computers do the computation for transactions that take place on the blockchain. All the transactions that occur on the filename network get an inside a waiting area which is called a mentor in the men pool. That conception would be impending mode. And we wait there until the miners will come and add them to an affiliate block. So because the block chain walks due to minus computers who ended the transactions, that blockchain is at the end of the day, limited. After all, there is a limited number of miners with a limited number of computers and thus a limited number of computing processing power is available to endl all the blockchain transactions. At the end of the day, there is a limited number of transactions that the miners can put on a block at any given time. And thus minus will prefer to process transactions with, I guess spice. The incentive will obviously be ideal. For the minus. It will be like choosing a job in the offline physical world. It will be like choosing to walk for company a and company B because company a pays more per hour for the same kind of fork. So because the miners can only process a limited number of transactions at any given time whenever we request something from the block chain and minor decides whether or not he or she is willing to process the transaction. And of course, the more people who want del, conceptions processed at a seven given time, the miners will be able to choose a transaction. It is like everything else in life really, whenever we provide value that is limited and as demand, like processing power on the block chain in this case, it has value. Now, when we want to transfer form our MetaMask digital wallet to another MetaMask, digital wallet, for example. Then not only will we need to specify the amount that we are classifying like we do in a normal bank transfer. But we can also specify how much guess feet we want to pay for the transaction. Now, obviously, if people can decide how much guess they are willing to pay the most, we pay as little as possible. And this is one of the differences between paying a fee, a traditional bank transfer, versus paying a fee on the blockchain. When you pay a fee to your bank for transferring your money to another account, for example, then the fee will pay might change, but the speed that your money will be transferred will be the same. But when it comes to the block chain, if you pay a ion guess feet, then you'll request in this example, a magnetic lens fill will be processed faster because again, you will give a bigger incentive to the minus 2 process your request. Now if you decide to send money for your MetaMask digital wallet, you will see two fields that you can edit. Guess pies and gas limit. Guess bys is the amount you are willing to pay per unit of gas as a fee to the minor. And this fee will be different depending on how busy the filename network is at a time you make the transaction, the AIA, the gas price, you set, the Sunil, your transaction will be processed. And if the guess is too low, that transaction may not go full at all. And guess limit is about the maximum. In this field, we will insert the maximum amount of gas that we are willing to pay 200 transaction if helium will only charge you what it takes to one the transaction. So even if you set a very, I guess, limit, you won't be charged Mall and the rest of the money will stay in your digital wallet. Before I go, I just want to share with you a great free website that is called if gas station. We can find this website on if gas station that info, this is a guess estimator for the blockchain. So let's go to the if gas station, that info website so we can see this free service that time we've turned to immediately after we lend on the website on page, we can see numbers at the top of the page. And these numbers will tell us the different costs to process our transactions. When it runs for a feel for your MetaMask wallet, you can also have a window or a tab open with this website and then put a guess based on the data that you take from this website. So if you want your transaction to a call right away, that you would want to pay the IRS guess fee if you wanted to instead, the time your guests feel we below, and if you are willing to wait even more, you will pay the lowest guess fee. So on this process works very much like an auction with a bidding system. If you and I both want our transactions to be processed and you outbid me by indicating that you are willing to pay a guess feet, then the minus will take your transaction first added to the block and the processing before they will process microns section. You will notice that if gas station that info is a live website that really updates according to how many people are using the filename blockchain at the exact time that you look at the data. So the numbers will fluctuate yield. So don't feel that you are seeing on data. If the data that you see on your screen is different from the data that you see on my screen. If you see I applies for example, then this just means that at a time you look at the data on your screen, a lot of users want to process transactions. So the guest pies, like gas price in the real offline world will fluctuate and will be determined based on corn demand, meaning with the fill-in guess, the more people want to process transactions on the blockchain at the same time, the more expensive the guess Pi's will be. Of course, if there will be more minus 0 and more processing power of computers, then the supplying will be aisle and thus the guest's feet will be lower. 58. Ask Amir 0008 - Students Questions And Answers - What Is Hashing?: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to answer the question. What is asking? This is a really great question and it is one of the questions that a student who really wants to understand our data on the blockchain walks should ask. You see the word block chain is constructed from two different words that we use in our everyday life and that we merged together the word cell, block and chain. The woodblock refers to a sequence of data blocks and each one of the day the books as a pointer that points to a previous block. This pointer is the chain, and each piece of the chain contains the data of the previous block. Now that wasn't need to find a way to quickly, we fail to each one of the blocks in the block chain. I will discuss why speed is such an important, unique and really groundbreaking concept near the end of the lesson. And the reason for that is that I first need to give you some background to what hashing means. So as Xing simply means inserting a data string of any length and the returning an output of fixed length. It is extremely important element when dealing with a lot of transactions or data in general on the block chain. So instead of remembering a lot of data, you just need to remember a fixed length string. Let's say it's an action. If you go to Google type blockchain demo and then click on the blockchain demo and those bound wolf. Such a result, we will be directed to this website and those bumblebee.com forward slash blockchain. Well, we can click on the menu Edit top. So ash, which is also called hashing, is simply generating a value from a string of text using a function like the one on this website. For example, I will insert some random text inside this data books. We can put many letters L, and we will see that while we type the letters inside the data box, the ash string below the Data Box will change due to the algorithm that the site provides. The full I will always display while I'm typing it. It will always be unique with a fixed 256 bit length. And it will always represent the same piece of data that I've entered above it. You will notice that the edge length will always be fixed no matter how much data in the data box above it. Notice that if I insert the world's good day, for example, then I get a certain string. And if I delete the text and the type, good day. Again, the string will remain the same. Also noticed that if I just change one letter and one letter to the sentence, that change in the string will be elastic. And if we understand how this algorithm works, we can now explain why blockchain is so groundbreaking and unique. One of the reasons it is so unique is due to this immutability of the block chain. You see if alcohol will try to do even the slightest damage to one of the data blocks off the block chain, that change will immediately be detected and then canceled out by the other data blocks. And now that you understand how the algorithm on the website walks, you might already have an idea why the actual change will not be successful. It will not be successful because if the actual ties to do even the slightest change to the data of block a, for example, the change will change the ash inside the block B, which in turn will change the data. And the dash of block C, which in turn will change block D and so on. That's it. Now before we end this lesson, just a side note. It feel them doesn't use sharp 256 for its hashing algorithm. It uses this one. So SHA 256 is just an example of our hashing works. So I'm just saying this. So it will be clear that with the filename algorithm, the ash would be different, but the process of hashing will be similar. 59. Ask Amir 0009 - What Is Remix, And How To Write The First Line Of Code In Solidity: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to answer the question, What easily mix? Mix is a fast and free web and desktop application, which is used to write smart contracts, test them, and then get them to the blockchain. It is a good development environment when it comes to learning about solidity. But it is by no means the only way to write smart contracts. And we simply start with it because I feel it has great features that will allow us to interact with the blockchain, send this everything we will learn you will be applicable to other development environments. I feel that the best way to learn out the links application walks is to start and interact with it right away. Strike from our browser. And let's do just that by creating a simple line of code with it. Now in order to access daily mixed web application, we can simply search for, we mix on Google. Just click on the Linux if helium ID search result. After we do that, we will end on this webpage which is located on remix that if helium.org. Next we will want to click the Create New File icon, which is slightly until the default underscore workspace option. Under the Create New File icon, you will notice that we have a few lines of texts that resemble the folders and files that we have on our own computer. The reason that I'm saying that the text for examples, our computer files, is because each line of text as an icon next to it, like with in our computer. So we will have Folder icon, which indicates that this line of text is actually a folder. And we also have this one line of text at the button with an icon of a text file next to it that indicates that this is a text file and not a full bill. So when we click on the Create New File icon, we're basically just adding a new file that will be added to the list of files and folders. Now by default, the file that we create will not ever name. So right after we create it, we will want to name it. Let's name it my storage. For example. If you ever want to change the name that you sit, or if you want to delete the file, then as you do with the files on your computer, simply right-click the file and choose the option that you won't rename or delete. Like in your computer, every file has an extension, that MP4, that doc, that MP3. And the same with Linux, the new file that we just created as its own unique extension. The file extension for the files in Linux is that SOL, that's soluble. Salts stands for Solidity, which is the programming language that we use in the mix. Next, click on the Deploy and the run transactions icon at the left side of the screen, you will only say the world deploy from time to time. And by deploy basically mean move. But the technical road is deployed. This is the reason that I'm using the world deployed. Now, I want to explain the information that we see. First we see an environment caption and delete. We have a drop-down list for which we can switch environments. That default environment is the JavaScript VM environment, and VM simply means virtual machine. A virtual machine is a simulated blockchain environment. We use a local simulated environment. It only exists above 0. And we don't use a real environment because we're not actually going to deploy our walk two alleles blockchain network. The benefit of working with a simulated environment is that everything will work faster. So it will be a perfect environment to start learning solidity. Let's type our first line of code in solidity. So the first line of code that we will always survive inside the Solidity file will be aligned in which we tell solidity the compiler version overwhelmed chance that will be valid to compile this file. In this example, let's type the following. Plasma. Space, solidity space, the carat symbol, just press the Shift and the number six buttons on your keyboard to create the killer symbol. And then right after the at symbol, we will type the version of solidity and we will end the line by typing a semicolon. You can find the semicolon button on your keyboard next to the L button. And you can find the co-innovation of solidity by clicking the drop-down list under the compiler caption at the left side of the screen. And then just type the version that you see in the first line. 60. Ask Amir 0010 - How To Define A Contract In Solidity: Hi everyone. In this lesson, I want to answer the question, how do you define a contract in solidity? Now, before we begin, I just wanted to say that if you ever define a class in an object oriented language such as Java for example, then a contract is similar to a class. To define a contract, we will first want to insert the word contract, which is a keyword that stands for smart conflict. And you will notice that once we finish typing the word contract, the world turns to blue because the word contract is a keyword in Solidity. Next, we would want to press the space-bar them on our keyboard and then name our contact. I will name my contact inventory, for example. Then we will want to place the space button again and type a left curly bracket. Now, two things to notice before we continue, the left curly bracket button can be found on your keyboard right next to the P button. And you will want to place it while holding your keyboard shift button in order to create it. You will also notice that once you create a left curly bracket, the right curly bracket will automatically be created for you by remix, which is a very cool feature in my opinion. Then we will want to press the Enter button on our keyboard. The space between the brackets will be the space in which our conflict will be written in, and the curly brackets will be the boundaries of the conflict. The conflict will start after the left curly bracket and will end before the right curly bracket. Currently, our conflict is empty, but we still have a valid smart contract that can be compiled and deployed to save and compile your code in Windows, you just need to press the Control button and the button together on your keyboard. If you're using a Mac, then you save and compile by pressing the Command button and S button on your keyboard. If you hold your code perfectly, then you will not get any errors. But if you've got a red arrow, like I did, then know that this red arrow is a compiler error and it basically means that your code will not be deployed until you fix Dale. We can see the one error message notification at the left side of the page next to our first line of code. Let's other our mouse cursor over to the first line of code so we can see what the message says, so we can address it. In this case, they'll message says source file requires a different compiler version. And I see that the reason that I got this L message is that I didn't change the compiled version in the drop-down list under the compiler caption to match the version that I specified in the first line of my code. So I will click the drop-down list, change the compiler version to 0.8.11 in my case. And then I will press the Control and S buttons on my keyboard to compile my code again. So I fixed the red error message and I now have a yellow error message. So I said that a red error message is a compiler error. All that must be fixed before we can deploy our code. And the yellow arrow message is a compiler warning. A compiler warning is simply a tip that you don't have to fix and will not prevent you from compiling your code. When you see a yellow warning message, just know that the compiler is just advising you to go over your code and see if everything is written popularly. In my case, the compiler warning is ESP edX license identifier not provided in source file. This warning simply means that we just need to add a short line of text before our code. Let's type it now together. Forward slash, forward slash. First, we start by typing forward slash twice. Let's stop him. Whenever we type two forward slashes at the start of aligning solidity, we are basically creating a single line comment. And the two forward slashes will turn to go in. In other words, everything that we type after these two forward slashes will not be compiled because by having the two forward slashes in the beginning of the line, we are telling the compiler that this line is just a single line comment. Anything that we will type below the common client will not be green, which means that it will not be regarded as a comment by the compiler. And if we do want it to be a comment, we will need to add two forward slashes at the beginning of the line. Again, in the first line, we can also replace the second forward slash with an aesthetic and put an aesthetic and a forward slash at the end of the comment if we want to have a multi-line comment, like so. But in this case we just want to begin the first line with the two forward slashes. So we will have a single line comment. So I will just undo the changes I made. And after the two forward slashes, we will want to type a space and then SP dx I FEM license identifier, colon space, and MIT in capital letters, like so. Now I will explain what this line means very briefly. In short, the compiler advises us to add this line to our code just to indicate that our smart contract as the license deliver just different legal issues with regard to smart contract coprolites. And having this line indicates that our smart contract as the license and this fact will establish more trust in the smart contract. The license itself just says that our code is available for anyone to use. Okay, so let's continue. Now let's compile the code again by pressing control and S button on our keyboard together so we can see if it compiles properly. As you can see, the yellow error message is gone and we have a green checkmark. And this means that the compiler didn't find any errors or warnings that we should check. We now have a smart contract which doesn't do anything, but it is still a smart contract, which means that if we wanted to deploy it in its Cohen state to the blockchain, we could. 61. Ask Amir 0011 - How Do You Declare A Variable In Solidity: Ideal. In this lesson, I want to answer the question, how do you declare a variable in solidity? So I have my contract, which I simply named inventory. And the first line of code that I want to have in my contract is a line of code in which I declare a variable that stores a number. Let's say that I want to stall and umbrella of gold coins. To do that, I will just type uint8 256 space gold coins, for example, semicolon. Now that I have written the entire line, let's analyze the code together so it will be fully understood. I start the line of code by writing uint8, which means a non negative unsigned integer type. Or in other words, a order number 256256 stands for 256 bits, which means that we can still an umbilical inside this integer, which is up to 256. Then we place the space button on our keyboard, and then we type our variable. In this case, I named my variable gold coins. I could pick whatever name I wanted, and then I will end the line with a semicolon. So to summarize, in this line of code, I basically tell solidity, create for me a variable called gold coins that can stop all numbers which are up to 256. Solidity will create the gold coincide variable for me as I asked, but it will also do something else for me by default that I didn't specifically ask for. It will initialize menu gold coins variable with deniability. I could just add a space equals the number before the semicolon to store my own none bill like seven or maybe 0, again, up to 256. But because I didn't, solidity will store the number 0 inside my new variable by default. If this was, for example, a contract for an adventure game, then I could have asked solidity to store the number 0 inside a gold coins variable because I want a certain player to have 0 gold coins in ESOL inventory when EOC first starts the game. 62. Ask Amir 0012 - How To Create A Function In Solidity: Hi there. In this lesson I want to answer the question, how do you create a function in Solidity? Instead of fighting the same code over and over again to execute a certain task, solidity lets us create a group of reusable code which is called a function. In this lesson, we will create a function and the purpose of this function will be to change the value inside my gold coincide variable, which is currently set to 0. I'll first create the function from start to finish. And once I'm done, I will go over the code with you in details. Quite a function in solidity, we would first need to type the keyword function. Then we would want to insert a space. And then we will name our function. I will name my function and the gold coin. Then without pressing the space button on our keyboard, we would want to add irregular left bracket, not the Kelly left bracket. And then we're going to type the variable that we want the function to receive. The variable we want it to pass is a variable of type uint8 256. Then I will press the space on my keyboard, then underscore. And then again without pressing the space button on the keyboard, I will talk the world. Gold coins, which is the name of the variable. Then paste the space button, then type the keyword public. Then place the space button again, and then type a left curly bracket. After we add a left curly bracket, we will automatically also get a right curly bracket. Then in the blank line between the two curly brackets, we will type gold coins. Space equals space, those coal gold coin, which is the variable I am passing. And then a semicolon. Then we want to press the Enter button and add a closing curly bracket. These three lines, we defined our function. This is a valid function that can be compiled and deployed. Let's compile our code by pressing Control and S buttons together on our keyboard and see if we get any evals. Great. Now that our code is compiled without any evals, we can go to the next step, which is to deploy our smart conflict. Let's click on the deploy and run transection cycle at the left side of the screen. In the previous lesson explained that anytime that we want to change anything on the field and blockchain, we will need to pay a guest fee. Now, our guess fees are going to be extremely i if we need to pay them each and every time that we want to deploy a conflict. This is why we are using the JavaScript VM, meaning virtual machine environment which will simulate a fake blockchain transaction. For us, we will not need to pay any guess fees for compiling and deploying our smart conflict. We will know that we will not be paying guests fees for our conceptions because if the transactions will real, MetaMask wallet will appeal on the screen, we can confirm the transactions. So we can see under the environment caption that the JavaScript VM environment was selected for us by default until it wherever a fake account with 100 E-field. If Phil is the filename Blockchain cryptocurrency, and we also have a guess limit. So I will simulated environment is set up properly and we just need to click the Deploy button to deploy our conflict. Once we click the Deploy button, we will see a green check-mark at the bottom of our screen that confirms that the deployment was successful. And the premix acknowledges that a code was just deployed. And now left to the green check mark, we can see a tiny down level right next to the transactions recorded caption. And if we click on this tiny yellow, we will be able to see the transactions that were recorded. There is another tiny eval that point site under the Deploy contracts caption. And if we click on it, we will actually be able to see the smart contract that we have just deployed. Now, even though we are using a fake environment, we can still interact with it. So I will now interact with my smart contract while explaining the logic behind it. Let's say that we wanted to build an adventure game in which each character as its own inventory with different items. The first inventory item that they want every character in my game to start with our gold coins. And at the start of my game, I want every character in the game to start with civil gold coins. I also want to have a character to be able to add gold coins to the inventory and then view the number of gold coins inside the inventory. This is my goal for this conflict. Now let's review the contract that we have just waiting and I will now explain how the code inside the conflict achieved my goal. So let's start. I started by giving a name to my conflict. I simply name it inventory. Then I declare the first variable in my conflict as an unsigned integer that can accept or numbers which are up to 256. Now I could type equals and then a number which is up to 256 to declare the variable with an initial Nobel. Or in other words, let my character stocked with up to 256 gold coins. But I didn't type any Nobel. So my character, we'll start with zerocoins. Just as a refresher. If you don't set the non-belief inside and you into another 56, it will get the 0 value by default. Great, So we have type uint8 256, and then we type the keyword public. Public defines a variable or a function visibility. And by declaring a variable of a function is public, we are basically telling solidity that our variable or function can be called by anyone. By anyone, I mean that if for example we have a variable in our smart contract, then this variable can call our function because we declared our function is public. You will see that if I compiled and deployed the contract without having the keyword public, the conflict will not display the gold coins button. But if we do the cumulative public, compile our code again, delete the old conflict with the X button and deployed. We will see the gold coins button. And if we click the gold coins button, we will see the number of coincide inside the character's inventory, which is yellow. Again, when the variable is declared without an appeal, it gets the number 0. Now, I will epic adventure game would be pretty boring if we will always stay with the same number of coins that we started with. So we created a function which we named gold coin that has no specific naming convention for functions. The best way to come up with a name, in my opinion, is to simply think of a name that we convey what the function does. Just imagine yourself living your boggling job at a certain company and you need to name your function in a way that the new program ill, who replaces you would quickly understand what the function does just by looking at its name, meaning without reading the code inside the function. Now we're declaring the function as public because we want the function to also be visible after we deploy our code, before the keyword public, we have brackets, and inside those brackets, we can have another variable that can accept all numbers which are up to 256. We call this variable underscore gold coins. So what do we define a new variable inside the function? We'll basically then solidity that our function is waiting for an input from the user. And this input must be a whole number, which is up to 256. Now, because the function is public, be full, displays the code. And as you can see, we now can see Ed gold coin button, which is aligned like next week and is waiting for an input from the user. Once we install the input and click the add code button, we'll basically stopping the function which will now execute. It's one line of code, which is to take a number from us and pass it onto the valuable gold coins, which we initially set to 0. But now this variable will get the Nashville that we have input to the function and not contain the initialized default number. Just as a side note, if we wouldn't declare gold coins as public, then the gold coincide valuable would not have this global reach and thus will not be accessible to anyone. And thus I couldn't have called it. Now, you may be wondering why the gold coins button is blue and gold coin button is orange. Whenever we want to make a change in the blockchain, you will notice that our button we'd be bowling whenever we just want to get data from the blockchain, the button will be blue. So this is the reason for the difference in button colors. Now because of effect environment simulates the feeling blockchain. And as I said previously, every action that we do on the field in blockchain costs, guess fees you will not use if you look at our conflict that we will challenge it, effect guess feet due to our intellection with the filename blockchain. Great, We've finished creating our function. That's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 63. Ask Amir 0013 - What Is WebXR: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to explain what web Excel is it. With. Excel consists of two worlds, which means the internet and XML, which stands for extended reality. Dogen on version of WebXR was called web-based V0. With V0 in short, web we are was announced in 2016, but shortly after Google has announced that they are upgrading web VL into web Excel. The upgrade was mainly about adding argument that reality and mixed reality support, but there were other improvements, such as better tracking and control of support. Technically speaking, with Excel is an open-source JavaScript API for creating AR and VR experiences. You're above 0. Now before we continue, I first want to explain the technical terms that I've just used. Open source means a code that is publicly accessible for anyone to view, modify, and distribute as they see fit. Javascript is a programming language. Api stands for application programming interface, which can extend the functionality of overblow Zoom, ALS stands for argument that reality and VR stands for Virtual Reality. So in simple terms, WebXR is a technology that allows people to experience virtual reality, full incompatible Internet browser without any need to download the nib. Now, if you are new to virtual reality, than just know that when virtual reality headset owners want to experience virtual reality, they often do so by downloading an app form the company that sold them directs it. This is the initial thinking that virtual reality headset owners have in mind before they purchase a veal. It's IT players, for example, all of the nodes that once they activate, they'll V0, etc. They would just need to go to the exit company app store and download the virtual reality game they want to play with. Players don't really buy it said with the initial fault that they will experience virtual reality full and Internet Basel. Now often saying all of that, you might be wondering if people actually use the built-in browser to begin with. After all, as I said previously, VLS at all, Nelson mainly tend to go to the exits company X del to download games and experiences rather than doing so f2 del V0, it sits in there, the Gauss's. If you are wondering if that's the case, then you might be surprised to know that according to Facebook, which is called methanol, the Oculus Quest, etcetera, between arousal is one of the most popular apps. So yes, people not only spend it on time on the web with Dell computers and smart fonts, but also with the VM. It's-it's one of the major advantages of experiencing virtual reality for a browser is that the browser is not dependent on the VR headset that the user is. Meaning if we have a Facebook Oculus Quest VR, it's at, for example. And I have an HTC Vive violates it. We can both use the same web Excel applications. Users want to use games and experiences, which are not boughs of space, limited to the games and experiences that they'll, via the company provides to them in the VR companies epsilon, the fact that we're Excel applications work on an Internet balls ill and not installed on a computer is another huge benefit because there is no need to install any software. Meaning we can excess applications right away in our vows, those without and you need to wait for the download to finish. Now, to use WebEx and applications, it is what we need to. Number one, we need to link to the application itself. It can be a link to an experience, a game or software. Number two, we need a compatible Internet browser. And number three, we needed a veal. It's it. I feel that the best way to learn what Excel is really about is to experience it firsthand. So I will now give examples of fully WebXR games that you can try out on your veal. It's arousal. Mono idle. If you're familiar with one of the most popular video games, Batesville, than one item is extremely similar to it, like Beat Saber will move either is an open source reading game where you need to destroy blocks that flight thoughts you by simply beating them with your hands according to the beat of the music. Now let's talk about a painful, a Pinto is a light and flee freely painting application like Tilt Brush by Google. If you're familiar with it in a paint that you can put some music, thankfully, the outbox, and then share your work with others and other experience is Spiderman VR experience. And this experience you can swing out is CT is by domain. If you want to explore more games and experiences, then you can go to the website side quest Vr.com, and simply search for web of cell. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 64. Ask Amir 0014 - How To Create Your First Layer In Procreate Pocket: Hello and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to show you a cool software which is called Procreate Pocket. Many people know this software for mid same iPad version, but I have an iPhone, so I bought the iPhone version just for a few dollars. And in this lesson I want to show you how to use this software. Once you download the software and install it, again, it is a paid program. You can just step on the Open button. The first thing we will, you will see is the gallery, the book, Procreate Pocket gallery. And here you can see all your creations. When you first download and install the app, you will not see anything on the screen. But now because I used it for a short while, a short while, you can see all my images. But if you want to create a new image, you just need to tap on the plus sign at the upper-right corner of the app. And then you will get this new canvas window which you, in which you can just pick the canvas that you want to use. In my case, I will choose the 180 by 188, the last option, it's called untitled canvas. Just tap on it. And this will create for me a white space. Now I can do a lot of things that the software is a vehicle, a very complicated software, not loaded it is out. But there are many things that you can do. For example, what I can do just to tap on the brush icon at the very top. And then once I do that, I will get all the brushes and I can choose a brush that you want. Let's take Fresco for example, and then tap the Done button at the upper right-hand corner. Then just tap on the color icon at the upper right, Cornell. And then choose a color that you want. Let's take red for example. And then let's tap, tap on Done at the upper right-hand corner. Then I simply need to put my finger on the canvas and just move it. Of course, you can use a pen if you have one and I have one, but I prefer to use a single just step on the white area and move my finger in order to create the color like this. I can pick another color again in the same way. Stick orange. And let's take, for example, going. You can just leave the color like this. But you can also match all the colors together, if you will. For example, tap on the end icon at the top right next to the Brushes icon. Then you put your finger on the canvas and move it. You will snitch or smudge all the colors together. You can even change the bus sides by just tapping on the circular, the left. Then can change the size. We're just moving your finger up and down. I'll take, for example, let's say 70%, 71 percent, and then move my finger and then settled over the brush will be bigger. Let's take a little bit smaller. Put another color. This. I'm not sure what I'm going to create. Actually. I usually just like to put things on the canvas and then let the things come on. The Honor Code at the ideas count, the only code. Just smudge the colors together. Like this. 65. Ask Amir 015 - How To Import An Image To Procreate Pocket: Now what I usually like to do, and again, you can do many things in this software is to insert an image from an outside source like Pixabay. If we image to take and use not an image from Google. So I will go to pixabay. And on Pixabay, I'm just going to search for something that interests me. For example, let's just search for, let's search for forest. Then I will click on the images. Images say drop-down list at the top next to the word popular. And just then tap on vector graphics. Scroll down and look for an interesting image of a forest. Let's look for something interesting. Let's take this one, for example. It doesn't matter. You can even just click on the text on the image itself. You have Charlotte and see all kinds of images that are liked it, then images vectors. Just look at it. Let's, for example, take some finance, let's take the OLC, Delq. So it's a deal. And then let's look for the license, the under the pixabay license, I see that it's free for commercial use, non-traditional required. That's what I'm looking for. And then we'll scroll up and just step on the Free Download button. Then take the smallest size and then please download. Download again. Then at the top of the page I'm going to tap on the Download icon. Then on downloads, then I'm going to just tap on the image. Then on the Share icon at the bottom left side. Then I'll save image. Then I'm going to go back to procreate depth and modify. Tip on the first icon, which is actions, then insert the photo. Click on the deal. And here's the deal. 66. How To Create An Image For The Metaverse With Procreate Pocket: Hi everyone and welcome to the lesson. In this lesson, I want to show you how I use Procreate Pocket. This is the mobile version of Procreate. It cost a few dollars, but it's a great software and I've been using it for a while now. So I want to show you how I use it and how you can create an FTEs, for example, with it. So after you install the software, you can find it in the epilepsy. You can just open the software. And then once you open the software, you will reach the screen, which is some kind of a gallery of all your best creations. So once you are on the screen, just tap the plus icon at the upper right-hand corner of the screen. And this will create a new canvas. And then usually what I do is just pick the last option, which is the untitled canvas. One eighty, one eighty pixels. This is the kind of side sizes that will work great with the Instagram, for example. I'm getting a white canvas. Now I can start to design whatever I like. So for example, I can tap the brush icon at the top. And then I can choose the kind of badge that they want. So for example, I'm going to take a, let's say, let's see what am going to take. I will take the, first of all, the artistic, not the autistic. I would take something else. See what I'm going to take. I would take the elements, for example. And then I'm going to tap on clouds. And then down at the top. And now I can start just putting the feed and the gill on the canvas and start moving the finger so I can work with the brush. You see, looks cool, died. Then I can tap the color at the top. Change the color to white, for example. Then for example, let's take a black. Okay? And we can choose, for example, another brush. Let's see another wash that we could use. I will take the Boing, not doing painting, usually a tech painting. Fresco. Whoops. Now, as you can see, there is a lot of color that is being spread. So if I want to resize it, I can just tap the circular, the left. Well, it says size and then just move my finger up and down until I find the size of the brush that they want. Because you've seen how it's smaller. But let's say, for example, that I want to undo this change. So I'm just going to tap with my, with my two fingers on the screen together a few times and it will undo the change. So let's for example, a, do a blue, nice blue. If I wanted to, if I want to smudge, all the colors are just click on the smudge icon at the top. It's looked like a hand. And then just move my finger on the screen. It will smudge all the colors that I touch like this. And there are many other brushes if you'd like. You can just tap on the brush. Choose a tool from the left. For example, this one. And let's take gleaming will tap Done, and then you see very nice. You could change the color like this. You can smudge them again, if you like. Create all kinds of interesting things. Now, what, what else you can do? You can, for example, go to pixabay.com. Pixabay.com. Let's search, for example, for a world, let's say nature. And then please go. Then change images to vector image. Then let's pick something nice. Let's take a look, not suffering as I would take some finance. Let's say. I will take, I usually like to work with ads for some reason. But not those ads. We need to change the images to vertex two vector. Now we get different kinds of ads that we can use. Let's take something nice. Let's take this one. Just click a tap on it. And let's see. The license is free for commercial use. No tribunal required, which is fine. Then let's step for download. And then the first option, Let's have a small image, then download, and then download again. Then tap on the Download icon below. Downloads, step on the image, then the Show option at the bottom left, then save image. Then let's go back to Procreate modified. And then we will take the first option, which is the Actions icon. Then insert photo. Let's take the image it is. Now I can just tap the circles at the corners to just change the size of the image. Then you can also tap the image and move it around like this. Once you are happy with the location, just release your hold and then tap on the elbow at the top. Like this. Now, what you can do, for example, is to tap on the modify option and then on the magic stick. And then on we touch. And then on liquidity. Then you can play with the image and make all kinds of funny, strange designs. It's like water glaze, like playing with water. Sometimes you can create something, things that are really, really nice. Now let's say that I did something like this and I don't like it because it doesn't look like a person anymore. So again, you can just use the auto fingers and tap on the screen and it will go back to how it was. And if you tap on freely fingers, if you take three fingers and tap on the screen, it will redo the changes. So two fingers undo the changes. In free fingers, we do the change. So we can again, soaps can again just go to modify a. We take this row, not the oversaw, the matrix stick. We touch liquidity. And then again we can work on the image. Let's take the brush, change the color to black, for example. This. They don't like the colors are double. Tap the screen with both fingers. Stick something else. Again, the brush. And let's take something else. Let's take elements, clouds. Okay? Let's say that I want to walk not on the first layer, the upper layer, Let's say that I want to walk on another level. So just tap on the Layer icon at the top where you see the two squares next to the Carlisle. Then I can just tap on another layer and press Done. And then everything that you do will affect the other layer. Let me show you. Even if I smudge the color, it will not affect dead, it will just affect the layer and delete. Let's, for example, take another image. Licenses, okay, so if we download the smallest size, download, let's modify. Then the actions icon. Insert a photo. And here is our image. We can move it like this, maybe make it smaller. We can even just tap the green circle at the top. Just move the circle while tapping. And this will change. It's like will, it will rotate the image like this. Make it small l. And now it looks like this guy sitting on the head of the woman. Then I'm going to tap the arrow at the top and it will just be located del. And again, if I just want to walk on the person, I just need to tap the tool squares at the top and then just pick the person. Now if I want to move the person to the font, I just need to tap on it. Old. Moved my finger up and then it will be on the top and then release and it will be on the top. Let's change it. You can just step. If for example, I move the, the square to the left, I can just delete it, duplicate all lock. The layer, can even tap on it and they'll all kinds of options seal. So I'm going to tap on it, old movie, a movie down and then release. That's done. Now I can continue walking. So now I'm on the dispersant layer. Now, like for example, I can click on modify this thick, then touch liquidity. And then I will, I will just walk on disperse and not on the entire image because I've picked a disperse and slow. Okay, by that I don't like it, so I will just tap the screen with my two fingers and put everything back in order. Let's try to change it to white. Let's change the Bhavesh flames, for example. Let's change the size of the brush. Remember the circle on the left, step on it and move it from up to down, down two up. We can even change the opacity by tapping the left, circle, the circle on the left. You just change it from 0 to 100%. Another thing we can do is to go to modify, again the magic stick blood cell. We can share. We can just tap on the first one and just tap on the screen and movement the finger and then it will be blending. It doesn't make sense here, but you can do it if you, if you tap on the eraser at the top and then tuple the screen, you can erase what you did like this. And if you are not happy with just again, undo that. Use the two fingers to tap the screen. It's very easy. I'm only using my finger to do all those a, a artistic things. Because you can also use a pen especially, but you can also use a special pen to do it. I have it, but I prefer to use my finger. Let's take something else. Now. Let's look for something nice. Let's take this one. Free download. Okay, let's take the shell, save image, then go back to Procreate Pocket, modify actions, insert an image, and then let's take the image, for example, ill. And now it's a good example because now I want to bring it to the font. So I'm going to tap on the two squares at the top. Tap the inserted image, the second one, Old, move it up. Really is done. Now. It's on the top. Now it looks much better. Let's just do some finishing touches. Let's take this for example, broken lights. Let's see how it looks. No. I don't like it very much to be honest. Let's take something else. Flu. No glimmer. Let's put it in the back. So again, take Dave, I think it's low level one. Let's try layer one. Yes. Okay. It looks nice. It looks nice actually. Mayan cities. Okay. Once you are happy with the result, all you need to do is to go to modify. And then you need to tap on the Actions icon. Then on shell, and then unshare image, PNG, for example. Then save image. And this will save the image to your way. Iphone a gallery. Now what you can do, you can either upload it, for example, as an NFT, and you can also work on it on inside another way tool that distorts images. Let me show you. I will go Photo Mania that knit. Then use web application. Edit your photos, upload a photo, photo library, peculiar image. Just tap on it and then choose the image. And now let's just step on the filters at the left and pick a filter that we like. For example, the first one. You will see how this image looks much better after I apply a filter on it. So this looks a great. Let's see if we have something better. Just by a few other filters. Let's take watercolors. No, vintage, for example. Way back. Everything looks good. Actually can say that something looks bad, but they weren't trying to find something which looks much bigger. Some are somewhat better than others. I'm just going through the different filters. This one looks good. If I like this image, I can just tap on the water mark at the bottom right area, then. Remove watermark. Now I don't have a watermark, so I can just if you're wondering how I zoom in and zoom out, I just need to tap two fingers on the screen and just move them apart. And then move them one too close to another. And then it will zoom in. Zoom out. Just moving my two fingers. So unjust need to tap on the Download eval at the top. It's very tiny and it will download the image to my gallery. Download. Go to the downloads. This shell, save image. So this is the new image. Now what I sometimes do, sometimes let's say, for example, I want to publish it on Instagram with the regular posts. And sometimes I want to make a real Facebook covalent or image or Instagram wheel or maybe a talk, talk, talk, talk, maybe a TikTok video with it. So sometimes I turn it into a GIF over video. Let me show you. I'm go to photo Moche. This time. It is load file Photo Library. Let's step the first image, choose. Then if I tap on the button, it will create different effects. Every time you tap on the button, it will just generate random effect on the image. You can just stop when you feel you'll see what you like. If you want to do it manually, you can, you can do it as well. You just need to tap on the fx button at the upper right corner. And then you can play with the, with the effects manually. If I want to play with the effects. So just type again on the fx button and then just change the blue parcel. Step on as much as I like. And every time I tap on and on about it is a marked with a V. You see the V is only its means that its own. It will make a change to the image that you see it for some reason. Let me die again. Mush, stick another one. Let's take this for example, effects. You see, when I make sure to double it will change the effect, make it stronger. We kill, change the speed. I can even close the effect by tapping on the a dict Box Hill. In this, we'll close the effect and not a, and I will not be able to change it. We will call this effect. Now. Let's say this one. We can open another one. Tip on glow, then mid-tone, and then change the effect like this. Once we're happy with just tap the X button, X icon at the upper right-hand corner. Then we can see the result. But I don't like it, so I'll tap on the motion. Let the software generate its own effect like this. If I'm happy with the result, for example, I can, for example, either way, tap the Save button if I want it in JPEG. As you can see at the top left hand corner, there are two tabs, JPEG and GIF. So it's now on JPEG and I can save it as a JPEG file. But it will lose the effect. If I tap on GIF, will have it animated, then I can create a video from it. Let me show you so tapped on gifts that we called download. Again, it will take a few seconds. It takes some time, depending of course on your internet connection or when your way Fuji connection. But if it doesn't work, you can try again because I see that it doesn't move. So tap on the record button again. But usually if you just wait, it will happen on its own separate code. The file. Let's go to downloads. Tap on it. And again, just tap the share button in the upper right and Cornell save image usually or you go to Instagram and then to my account on Instagram, then tap the plus icon at the top, then post. And then we'll take the original image does not the original but the one that I took from Photo Mania. Next, then can change the filter. Let's take this one. Then I can just tap the name just to give a name to my artwork. Let's say a sleep yet. Then. So this website will help me find the Aztecs, give me free fatty HDX, just step soil for example, and copy hashtags. Then space tap on the screen based. This will paste all the all the hashtags. Can pick one for myself if 11 different if I want. And then I will just tap the share button. It is. Now I can even create a story from it. So I will just use the paper aeroplane and the left under the image you will see a purple airplane. Then it posts to your story and just tap the arrow at the bottom white shell. Done. 67. STEPN NFT Move To Earn How To Download And Install The WEB 3 STEPN App: Hi everyone. In this lesson I wanted to show you how to download this step in app form the epilepsy though. First of all, I'm going to click on the App Store on my iPhone device. Let's wait for it to load in a few seconds. Now I'm going to click on the search function at the very bottom of the app. Then I will search. In the search line at the top of the app, I would search for stepping in like so and press the Search button. I'm going to click or tap with my finger on the button, Get the right side of the app next to the first step in, in capital letters. Then going to confirm, we decide button and just double-click to install. I'm going to use the Face ID. Great. So df is now on my device and they just need to place the Open button at the right side of the hip. I'm going to allow notification in this box. That's it. The EPA has been installed. So that's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 68. Where To Find A STEPN Activation Code: Hi there. In this lesson, I want to share with you two great ways in which you can get a step in activation code. Currently, the step in play to move up is an invite only app. And thus we will need to have an activation code in order to use the app. So the first thing we did in the previous lesson was to download and install the step in app on our smartphone device. And we should not be on this step in app login sign-up page. Now, let's insert our e-mail address inside the line where it says email address. Let's step the send code caption. It is a very tiny orange caption and we will find it right next to the e-mail verification code text. Once we do that, we will get the verification code to the email address that we have provided in the first line above. We will now want to insert the activation code in the second line. Then click the login button at the bottom of the window To continue to the next page. Great, we are now on the activation code page. The first thing we would want to do on this page is to make sure that the activation code line is completely empathy, meaning without any texts that we might have entered the inside. Then I suggest that on your computer, you will open up an Internet browser and then login into your Twitter account, your Discord account, or preferably to both of them. Then on Twitter, Let's simply search for the word stepping. Then sort the results by latest. So we will see the latest results for the word step. And first, then every few seconds we would want to refresh that with a page. So we will get the latest mentions of the word step in as fast as possible to refresh the page, simply click the F5 button on your keyboard, or click the Refresh icon on your bowel zone. The Google composer, you would find the Refresh icon left to the web address line at the very top of the browser. Now every time that we see someone on Twitter providing an activation code for stepping, we will want to quickly type this activation code into the activation line inside the step in AP. And then tap the Start button below the activation code line to submit our code. Hopefully we will be first to submit the code, so it will be approved. If we have activated the code fast enough, then we are done. But if we didn't, then we will need to keep refreshing the Twitter page and repeat the process. Now, as I previously said, it would be better if we also have an additional internet browser window open on our computer, for which we will also access this step in this code, like on Twitter. On this code you will see people sharing activation codes. Those people can be the stepping moderators who constantly shell one thousandth activation codes every day. And it can also be members of the discord will also share activation codes from time to time. Again, once we see an activation code posted on this code, we will try to quickly submit it inside the stepping up. And hopefully it will go for our stepping account will be activated. But again, if not, we will need to, again, like in a video game. Now before we end this lesson, I just wanted to say that if you find it out to submit your activation code fast enough, then don't be. Getting a step in activation code nowadays is relatively easy. But being the first to submit one is out due to the fact that many people around the world want to do the same thing. So persistence will be the keel. Okay, so that's it for this lesson and we'll see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 69. How I Got My STEPN Activation Code (In Less Then 50 Minutes): Hello. It. Okay. Um. That's it. It is. 70. Stepn Shoes Marketplace Research And Analysis: Hi there. In this lesson I want to show you our goal about choosing my first step and shoe. If you implemented the lessons in this course about X infinity, you will understand this lesson and future lessons much better because both games are extremely similar in so many ways. Now in step in, there are different kinds of shoes that we can purchase. And in this lesson, I will show you my strategy for buying a step and chew. A strategy that I feel as the potential to me the most money possible. The reason that we will want to have a strategy in place is that liking other play two games such as X infinity for example. Each digital shoe is basically an NFT, meaning unlike Bitcoin, for example, each and if T is unique or in other words, each shoe has its own unique attributes. So obviously, we will prefer to maximize our earnings in sidestepping by purchasing the most optimal shore for our investment. The next step, no pun intended that we want to take after we've activated the step and IP is to access the step in marketplace to buy a digital shoe. We can do that by either tapping the Plus icon inside the digital shoe that we can find inside the box at the top of the app. All by tapping the shopping cart icon that is located at the bottom right side of the app. Then we will see a list of different shoes that are currently available for sale. Next, we can filter the results of the listings on this page. We can do that by simply tapping the filter icon, which we can find under the Badges tab, you will see a filter icon which looks like a funnel, meaning watering can. Currently the only two filters available, sneakers and shoebox. And for this example, we will want to tap on sneakers. So the sneakers option can be found under the tiny type caption and the second caption until the type caption is called class. If you prefer walking at a relaxed pace, then you will want to tap the walker option. And then the shoes marketplace will only be populated with walking shoes. Yet if you prefer running, then you will tap the runoff option. You will want to tap the jugular option. If you are a person who fulfills fast walking, just imagine joggers as people were walking, as though they need to use the bathroom. Right now. They work very fast, but not so fast that they are running. Lastly, we have the terminal button, and you would want to tap on this button if you want a wider range of speed. Yet it is a more expensive shoe. Now, I would like the juggle option because I feel that personally for me, this is the best option. I am saying personally because I don't think all when was the last time I ran anywhere actually, they do walk around my neighborhood form. Time to time. Saying this, I would prefer to pick jogging shoes because by doing that, I can do slow walking, but also fast walking. So I will always have this option to walk fast if I want to. Jogging shoes doesn't mean that you have to work fast all the time, but just that you have the option to do so in case you feel you want to. And in times when I will decide to walk fast l, I will earn more than energy. Then if I would walk because Joe gills in more energy than vocals, if you prefer to work, then my recommendation is to invest in jogging shoes rather than walking shoes. Great, So once you pick your shoe class, you can tap the Confirm button at the bottom of the filter page to filter the marketplace listings. And if you pick the jogger class, for example, you'll now notice that all the marketplace leaves things are all juggle shows listings. Now let's dive the pill and actually tap on one of the listings to analyze it more deeply. At the very top of the listing books, we have an image of the shoe and there are four locks that surround the shoe. Each lock as a tiny letter inside it, and each level represents one of the attributes at the bottom of the page. We will discuss that shortly. But in a few words, for efficiency, L for luck, See for comfort, and stands for resilience. In those locks, we can place gems, but currently we will not get into that because they only become important later on after our shoe is fully upgraded under the Shui image, we're level. Now after we purchased the shore, we can invest in it, more money to level it up. And we will want to do that. If we want to learn more building, each time we raise our level, we will increase our attribute points and we will also receive additional books when we reach certain level. Milestones. Meant, means how many times that shoe has been combined with another shoe to create a brand new shoe. Like the play to learn game X infinity, for example. In stepping, you can create an offspring, a baby shoe by combining two shows together. One thing that helps me remember this is to think of means as babies. If a certain Shou has been minted two times, it means that it has gone full two pregnancies. Dire the mean number is, the cheaper the shoe will be. The other way round. The less means a shoe as the more expensive it will be, the multiple cost to meet new shoes. So in a nutshell, shoes with more means will be cheaper and choose with less means will be more expensive. Basically, if you only plan to just have one shoe, then you don't need to pay too much attention to the mean number. Yet if you are planning to have a few shows, aka you're planning to combine shoes together to create new shoes. Then you will want to invest in shoes that have fewer means. For me, for my very first tool, I would probably purchase a short, we took two free means. I will not based on much. Now let's explain what each attribute means. Efficiency effect, how much we are going to earn their energy. And the optimal cases that this number will be aisle then resilience. Now, I would also suggest that once you reach the attributes section, you will click on the base button which is fixed to the attributes caption. You can see the base attributes of the shoe without any upgrades. The reason for that is that without tapping the base button, you are just seeing the code attributes of the shoe. So you might see a shoe with a very high efficiency now bill, but when you tap on the base button, the number will be much lower than that. So to sum it all up, every time that you access the shoe page, you will first want to click the base button and only then add the efficiency now bill to the Messenians Nashville, and see that the result that you will get is more than ten. The number ten is not an ability that is set in stone, and thus you can even go and choose that have a lower number than that if you can't find shoes with combined better buttes of ten or more. That's it for this lesson. And I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 71. How To Create A Solana SOL Crypto Digital Wallet On STEPN (Step By Step Guide For Beginners): Hello and welcome to the lesson. So in the previous lesson, I've shown you all my personal method for finding the most optimal shoe foil budget. They feel that this is the first step you should take after you download and install the step in app on your device. I feel that it will be much better if before we spend a lot of money to buy a digital shoe. And it is a big investment for many people. No doubt that we will take some time and just conduct the regular market research to find the most optimal shoe for our budget. And we will want to conduct research in order to have some kind of a general idea of how much solar we need to purchase and transferred to the step and app. So I am making this lesson on my free 2022. And currently when I look at the different jogging shoes on the step and marketplace, I can see that jogging shoes that have up to flee means cell phone around 12 to 14 soul. Let's say. If I go to any online cryptocurrency, I can see that currently 12 sold, let's say is around one hundred, ten hundred dollars. Just by having disinformation in end, I already know that if I want to test out the step and app, I will f to f around $1 thousand in order to be a player. Or in more practical terms, I now know that in order to start using stepping, I will need to go to a cryptocurrency trading platform like violence.com, for example, and use it to convert $1 thousand into the soul cryptocurrency. And then parenths fill that currency from violence into my stepping digital wallet. Okay, so like now, we don't have a digital Solana wallet. So registering for one will be our next move and the goal of this lesson. Great, So let's roll up our sleeves and do it right now. Of course, we don't actually need to have slaves. This is just an expression that I learned from ebook, liberal-minded, with or without sleeves. Let's now tap on the three lines at the upper right hand corner of the step in IP. On this page, we will see two tabs at the top of the page, spending and wallet. And in this case, we will want to tap on wallet. Then we will see this Solana wallet popup window. Solana is a blockchain and cryptocurrency is solar, which we are going to purchase in a future lesson. Inside the solar now, wallet popup window, we will want to tap on the Create a New Orleans button. Then we need to create a passcode like we sometimes do on a smartphone device in order to secure it. So let's just create a passcode that we can remember. Okay, So in my NFP and Melville's training courses, I've showed you how to create different digital wallets, like mathematics. And the costs of creating a digital Serrano wallet is very similar to that. We just need to take a pen and a piece of paper and I down the words that we now see on the screen. And we need to write them down in the same order that we see them presented on the screen. So for example, in my case, the first of all I will write down is built, and the last one will be purchase. Now those votes are kind of secret code, which is called a seed phrase, which is just like a passable basically. And thus the seed phase is another security layer that is used to protect our digital world. The seed phase is also the only way to recover our wallet if we get locked out or if we want to install our wallet on a new smartphone. So again, it is extremely important. I can't stress it enough that you should actually take a pen and a piece of paper and write the words down so they will not be on your computer or on the Internet, will occur, can potentially reach them. Software UI down your secret phase. Just step the I've written down button at the bottom of the page. To continue. On this page, we just need to insert the worlds that we have written down on the piece of paper into this big books. We need to do it one-by-one and according to order. Finally, after we've inserted all the words into the big box, we just need to tap the Confirm button at the bottom of the app to finish the Solana digital account creation process. Great, So we have completed our goal for this lesson. I will Solana, digital wallet has been successfully created. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and we'll see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 72. How to Buy Solana (SOL) On Binanace (May 2022): Ideal. So I'm now inside the stepping up where we left off in our previous lesson. Just as a refresher in the previous lesson, we created the Solana digital wallet. Now in this lesson, we will use the violence Cryptocurrency exchange platform to convert our dollars or euros into the Selena circuit taco and C. So we can do all the sole cryptocurrency to our Solana wallet in a future lesson, the first thing we would want to do is to register for an account with violence.com. And once we have registered in the activated our account with violence, which takes sometime to do. We will simply want to tap the buy button next to the word caption in the middle of the step and app. Once we have the buy button step and we'll directors to buy an ounce. And then we just need to tap the login link at the bottom of the page, like next to the already registered the caption to look into our bindings account. Once we're logged into our bindings account, we just need to scroll down and then click the deposit button at the bottom of the page. Great, so now we have a deposit funds window, the middle of the screen. Inside the window, we will need to tell violence the payment method which we want to use to add funds to our violence account. And whether we want to deposit the crypto or cash. In my case, I want to spend cash with my credit card, but of course you can pick the options that suit. You. Tip the bike crypto with your credit card option. On the bike. Flip the page under the spent caption, we will want to insert the amount and the colon C that we want to use to buy the cryptocurrency. In the line under the received caption, we will see the mountain Bitcoin. We will now just want to tap on the B2C icon button and change the cryptocurrency form B2C, meaning a Bitcoin to solve, meaning Solana. We will just want to insert the word soul inside the line under the Select crypto caption and then depth on the solo option. Once it comes up on our screen, we want to add a little bit more money than what we need to cover the shoe size. We can see how many solvents we will see you for the amount that we've indicated that we are willing to spend. And we will need to see that the solid amount intervals, both our show and the transaction fees. If it is the amount that we want in Seoul, then we can go ahead and tap the Continue button at the bottom of the page to continue, the next few pages will just be the pages in which we will need to insert our credit card details. I will skip this part. Okay, once we are done until all our credit card details, vitamins just gives us a few seconds to tap the Confirm button at the bottom of the page to confirm the transaction. Okay. So I've read all the details on the screen and I will now turn the Confirm button. Glade. So we are done. We can now tap the go-to all It button at the bottom of the page. On this fit and spot page, we currently don't see our deposit under the estimated by an inscription. It should take some time. From now every few seconds, we will want to tap the page old and then move our fingers down the screen while holding and then release this section. We'll refresh the page. And after we do it a few times, we should see the amount that we have just deposited under the estimated valence caption. Here it is. Once we see the amount, then we have achieved the goal for this lesson. We've purchased the soul cryptocurrency and the cryptocurrency amount was deposited into our balance account. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 73. How To Buy A STEPN Shoe For for 13.8 SOL (Step By Step Play To Move Guide): Hi everyone. Now that we have deposited the soul cryptocurrency to our balance account. We can now move to our next goal. Our next goal is to transfer the soul cryptocurrency formed by Nance to our Solana digital wallet. So we can use our soul coins inside the step in app. To do that, we will want to provide finance with our Solana digital wallet address. A digital wallet address reminds meal for physical abuse in the physical world. If we want someone to send us a package, we need to give this Belsen, the delivery of this. In the offline world, it can be a modulus or an officer this, and in the digital world, it is a digital wallet for this. So inside the stepping up on the wallet tab, we will want to tap on the line under the Z0 soul caption to copy the world others. We can also tap the received icon under the word address. Then tap the copy of the S button at the bottom of the app to copy our digital wallet. For this, we will see a copy success message that indicates that we were successful in copying the others. Once we have copied our wallet address, we can tap the buy button. Login to our balance account again. The withdrawal button in the middle of the screen, the drop-down list under the coin caption at the top of the page. Pixel instead of B2C, meaning Solara instead of Bitcoin. The line under the address caption below, and then tap the paste option to paste the address into the address line. Now by chance we'll note which digital wallet address we want. I will solve cryptocurrency to be sent. Once we pasted our wallet address into the address line, the line under the network caption will be filled automatically for us with the Solana blockchain network option. Next in the line under the amount caption, which is under the network caption, we will want to insert the solid amount that we want to cleanse, filter our Solana wallet. So you can either type the amount that you want to transfer to step in manually or you can just as I'm doing, just dab the tiny Mexico, the right side of the line. We just insert the full amount of soil that you have in your account. Great, so we can now see the full amount in capital letters. And under this amount we have the network fee that we are going to pay for processing our consumption. If everything looks good, we can just tap that with the whole button to start the windowing process. Then after we've reviewed the details inside the withdrawal window that has just pop up, we can tap the Continue button. We will just have to pass the security verification to continue grid. So we now see a message on the screen confirms that our withdrawal request has been submitted, and we'll also informed that we will get an email once it is completed. We now get a message that our we don't request is awaiting approval and that it should take approximately 12 hours for the request to be confirmed. So let's step the complete button inside this window to continue. Now, if we scroll down the page, we will see the status of our transaction. And as we can see under the recent withdrawals caption, we can see our transaction right next to the soul caption in the processing status. If we will now tap the profile icon at the upper right-hand corner of the page. Then the wallet option, then the other view option. Then scroll down, we will be able to see our current transaction status, which in my case it is already completed yet for my experience, sometimes it does take hours to complete and sometimes the transaction can even get rejected. When I get the transactional rejected, I just wait a few hours, check with my cryptocurrency is stealing my violence account. And if so, I will just go for the entire width all process again. Now if we go to the stepping up, we need to be on the wallet page. We can type refreshed yet page to see if the amount is already inside our app. To refresh the page, we will want to tap the screen. Move our fingers down while holding and then release, which would eventually CLL solve cryptocurrency inside the app under the Solana drop-down box at the top of the app. If you don't see the cryptocurrency amount right away, then just wait and then pi to refresh the page again. Once we see the amount, we need to transfer it to our spending account. And we can do that by tapping the transfer button, which is located under our soul cryptocurrency balance. And then by tapping the two spending option and delete. It can see that under the tiny asset caption, we have the sole coin already picked for us by default. In the line under the amount caption, we can again just insert the amount that we want to transfer manually and just step the very tiny old caption at the very end of the blank amount line. After tapping the old caption or the soul amount will be shown inside the line. We can now just depth the confirmed pencil button under the line to continue. Inside the pop-up box, we can review the details. And then if everything looks okay, tap on confirmed. Then we will be directed back to the wallet page. We'll see a message in the middle of the screen that confirms that the transaction was submitted and the teacher should be completed within two to five minutes. As I said, we are now on the word page and we can see under the Solana drop-down list that the soul balance in our wallet is 0. So the transaction was indeed submitted. And if we take the spending a tab which is next to the wallet tab, we can again refresh the page a few times until we see our soul cryptocurrency under the Spending Account caption inside the soul dedicated books. Going to take two to five minutes for assault with Bill. Bill. Once we see the amount inside the solid box, we're done. We have successfully moved our funds from our wallet to overspending account. I will now just do exactly as I told you to do in a previous lesson. Meaning I will select the shoe that I want to purchase. I will tap on the show that I want the Buy Now button. If everything looks good, Tap confirm. Then confirm again. As you can see by the message at the center of the screen, the shoe has been purchased by me. We can confirm that the shoe has been purchased by either typing the shoe icon at the bottom of the app. By tapping the running person icon next to it. We have an energy line under our shoe, the line where we see the wards. Next refill in this line we can see how much energy we currently have and when our energy is going to be refilled. If we see that we do have energy, then we can tap on the Start button and start the exercise. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 74. How To Use The STEPN Calculator For Better Strategy : Hello and welcome to the lesson. In the previous lesson, I showed you how I purchased this digital zoom. And in this lesson I want to show you how I can mix in my SDR links of the shoe by using an amazing online learning calculator. If we go to the website Stephan, that guide, we will find the wheel and earn calculate them. And in this calculator we can insert the attributes of our step ensure and see how much we can M form it every day saying this calculator is based on an unofficial staff and community data. So our actual earnings from the app might be different from what the calculator says. We will, let me show you exactly our use this calculator. So firstly, we'll just simply insert the code attribute of my shoe as they see them on the step and now under stepping up. And they can simply tap on the running person at the bottom of the app to see my shoe. And then tap on the picture of my show at the top of the app to access all its attributes. The first input that the calculator wants to know is the reality of my short, or in other words, the ability of my NFP. We just need to look at the shoe page again on the app and see what our worth is. My sure if he is common, and thus it should be common inside the earning calculator. Next, the calculator, the calculator wants to know my shoe type. So again, we look at the app, see that my shoe type is a joke social. So I would again go back to the calculator website and enter the short type. My shoe level is five, so I will enter 115 to the calculator as well. Now ever gets to energy points building. I will not touch the number TO in the daily energy field, each energy point equals five minutes or forking for which we get paid to an entry points equal to 2 third minutes of walking every six hours. The energies we feel by twenty-five percent. So we get the full Holyfield of two energy points every 24 hours. Now under the base column, I will just insert the full main attribute of my short efficiency. Lack comfort and resilience. After we type the show efficiency now, the calculator will already started walking right side of the page by showing us our estimated earnings. We were talking about the right side of the calculator shortly. I will continue entering the full remaining attributes, luck, Cornforth, and Brazilians. So let's now enter the numbers for the remaining fields in the calculator. And then we will continue. After we've finished inserting all the details that the calculator asks for. Those don't need to do anything else. And we can just look at the result at the right side of the page. Based on the details I've inserted into the calculator, I can see that the calculator estimates the width my colon shoe attributes. I can fold that 01 GSD build a. We can see the stone bill next to the GSD field day forward slash limit per level caption. Limit per level is, as the name suggests, is the maximum number of GSD that we can earn in our colon Shu level. In my case, my shoe is Level five, so it's filthy. Gst shortfall green Satoshi token is to step in game coin. And we can end this coin when we walk or jog while using the stepping up. At the time of making this lesson, every one GSD equals to around $6. So if I multiply 4.01 GST with $6, I will get 24.06, meaning 240 $6. Now even though I will be earning 240 $6 every day by walking fast for ten minutes, I will actually get less than that eventually. And this is why we see the non bill for that CO1 GSD next to the GSD pill day forward slash limit per level caption. But we also see the one-point next to the daily income caption. I will get full That's the O1 GST after my daily job. But because it will cost me two points. I can see the repair costs next to the repair costs caption. I would need to subtract formed for that CO1 GST, and then I will get the daily 1. And then after return on investment for buying my sure everything that I will earn form the app becomes pure profit. Below the repair costs caption, we have the mystery box caption. And in my case, none of the mystery boxes are highlighted. So I don't have a chance to get any mystery box with my colon shoe attributes. And we say box is basically a loot box that is given a randomly two players at certain levels. And those loot boxes will sometimes contain gems that we can actually sell for profit. Now, you will notice that I've bought Assur, which is Level five. Whenever you level up in step and you get full points that you can add to your attributes, efficiency, lab, comfort, and resilience. And by adding points to our attributes, we can increase our earnings in stepping. We get full points every time we level up. So in level five, I should have 20 points that I can use to upgrade my shoe attributes. Now in certain cases, the person you bought your shoe form is only the distributed the points in the following attributes. But in other cases, that will not be the case and the points would just be waiting for you to distribute them as you see fit. This is the point where I am now. You see I bought his shoe. And notice that the person who solved with this tool level up to level five. But flipping through the points in the flow attributes. So I can now decide for myself how I wanted to do attribute those 20 points between the different attributes. Now to do that, I will use another feature that this calculator provides. This feature is called optimize. If we click the optimized button, then the calculator would show me how I can distribute my points in the best way possible so I can maximize the potential of my shown. You'll notice that the numbers under the total caption if slightly changed from the base value. Basically, the calculator shows me that UFO just add 19 points to the efficiency attributes in 1 to the resilience interviewed 20 points in total. Then my GST pill day, I'm looking at the right side of the page now, will be 9.01. Thus, my daily income will be 6.49 GSD, which is currently around $39. So now I can totally change my earnings, meaning the appeal optimization by just walking thin minutes a day, I can be annoying. Owned $59 and not their own laws, which I'm currently on. Which means that after doing optimization will cover my initial investment or buying the shoe in 30 days or in other words, in a mouth rather than in 158 days. So the return on the investment in my case is full 0.6 times festival. Now those are solely set button next to the optimized button. And if we click this button, the points will go back to the ones we add tilde initially, meaning the base values. And if I click the optimize button again, we will again see the calculator says that I should distribute the 20 points to which the most optimal earnings for my current level, which is level five. Again, focus on the show page inside the Steffen hip. I will want to tap on the plus points button. Sleep you the points as the calculator showed me to do. Then once I'm done, I will tap the Confirm button. That's it. I will now go outside to do at ten minutes of fast walk. And then I'll show you a screenshot of my screen so you can see how much I've learned. Okay, so I finished my ten minutes of walking. The calculator said that my GST per day will be around 9.01 and it was 9.21. So far the calculator works perfectly. You gave me an accurate estimation of how much I could. Keeping in mind that the 9.21 GSD is not what I will actually at the end because L is step and shoe as a resilience that reviewed, which means that over time it needs to be repelled, which costs GSD. We can see the repair cost in the calculator next to the repair cost caption. The calculator says that there should be 9.01 GST of a day and that metric fair cost would be 2.52 GSD. And thus my daily income should be around 6.49 GSD, which is Falcon 9, $9 daily approximately. Of course, all of those numbers would be two as long as the GST coin would remain the same value. In. This calculator is really a beneficent tool, not only in the sense that it lets us maximize the potential of our shoes, but in the sense that it lets us predict how much we can earn every time that we level up our show, we can change. For example, I will show level for five to six hundred four hundred six to ten, let's say click on optimize, frequently optimize button and see our level increase can also increase the potential of our earnings. Okay, So I've created an Excel file that I'm going to share inside the course, under the lesson. And inside this Excel file, we can track our daily results. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 75. How To Withdraw Your GST (USDC) Earnings To Binance : Hi everyone. When we earn money with step in, we can either reinvest the money back in the game by lifting up over buying more shares, for example. Or we can reduce some or all of the money to a cryptocurrency trading platform, like violence that cone. Once the money will arrive at your balance account, you'll be able to use it inside violence or with oil to your credit card or your bank account. Now if you do plan to withdraw your earnings from your account to your credit card or bank account. Then my recommendation is that you will first contact both buy-in and support and your local bank to make sure that you can actually perform a withdrawal. Sometimes there will be limitations. In order to withdraw. I will earnings we will first need to transfer them. Form our step in spending account to our stepping wallet. Now please notice that you will need to have at least ten GSD in your step and spending account. And a few Solana circle wins. In order to do the steps that I'm going to outline in this lesson. If you have both, the tangy is T coincide. If you Solana sequencer inside the stepping up, then we can continue inside the step. And we would first want to take on the free lines at the upper right-hand corner of the app to access our spending wallet. Then we need to confirm that we do in fact, GST coins. Once we confirm that we can simply tap the transfer button at the bottom of the page. Then tip, I will security wallet code to continue. Then we would want to tap the drop-down list under the asset caption, choose GST and then specify the amount of GST that we want to withdraw under the amount the amount caption is under the asset caption. Once done, we would want to click the Confirm button at the bottom of the app to continue. Then we will see this pop-up box that shows us the transaction fee that we will need to pay for possessing the transaction. And if we agree to pay the transaction fee, then we will just need to tap the Confirm button that is inside the popup window to continue. Now, again, if we don't have at least ten GST spending account, as I previously said, we will get an error message after we tip the Confirm button, let me show you and deal is deal with message, minimum withdrawal limit not met GSD, GMT one, GMT is the step in governance token and it is currently not relevant to us in this part of the course. Now I will just enter the GSD that they want to transfer inside the line and then I will tap the confirmed transfer button. Now the message says transaction submitted, please check the result later. Let's step the big button at the uphill left side of the app. Now, we will just want to refresh the page until we see our GSD coins in our GSD account. To refresh the page, we want to tap the screen or move my finger down and release. We might need to do it a few times, but eventually, we should see the GST coins inside the GST box below the wallet account caption. Great. So once we have our GST coins inside the GSD box, we can move to the next step in the process, which is to convert I will GSD coins to us the sequence use the coin is a digital stable coin which is pegged to the US dollar. And it is a cryptocurrency that is accepted by bindings. But in order to convert our GST to us DC, we will need to have a few Saldana soul coins in our step and wallet. The reason for that is that we will need a few soul coins in order to pay for the conversion fee. Okay? So I will now transfer a few soul coins form another digital wallet that I M, and then I will continue. Let's continue. I've done for the few soul points to my step and wallet. And once you have some soul coincidence, no Steppenwolf as well, we will want to go ahead and tap that icon which is above the world account caption. This is the step in threat page, and we want to use this page to trade GSD for USB-C. So we will want to make sure that the GSD coin is at the top of the page and the USB-C coin is at the bottom of the page. And if it is the other way around, we will want to tip the switch icon in the middle of the page to switch between the two currencies. Then it'll just enter the GST amount. And this would result in getting the amount in USB-C in the box right below. The next thing we would want to do is to tap the Create Token Account button. I got a request timeout notification, but the token account should be created regardless. I will now tap the back button as I did previously, and again go to the trade page by tapping the thread icon. Again, I will put the GST Cohen see at the top and the USDA sequel and see at the bottom of the page. But this time the Create Token Account button will be missing. And I will just have the thread button, which I will now tap on. Then we will get the confirmed rate popup window. And if the amount that we see presented in the popup window is in fact the amount that we want to trade. Then we can go ahead. I got the message thread complete. And now I can see that the USDA sequence in my US DCI books. Once this happens, we would want to tip the transfer icon, which is above the wallet icon caption. Then tip the two external icon. Then the UCC Cohen's d option, we want to transfer us DC coincide to an external website, which in this example is binary. And this is why we tapped the external icon. Okay, So we are now in the Senate to page and on this page, step in once to get from us the digital wallet address. The digital wallet that we want the USB-C coins to be transferred to. In this example, it is our bindings address. So I will now go to the depth the deposit option. The crypto tab at the top of the app, use the search function at the top of the page to find and then tap on the US DC covalency. I will close those tutorial windows. Then scroll down inside the network window and pick the Solana network option. Then I will tap the Copy to Clipboard icon, which is next USB-C deposit address in the middle of the screen. Then inside the stepping up depth inside the line under the two address caption old. Then tap the paste option to paste the wallet address into the line. Then after you paste it, you'll bindings address, enter the amount of USD sequence that you want to transfer. The line below. Once you are done, just dab the Confirm button at the bottom of the page to principle the USDA sequence. Then we get the pop-up send window. We will want to again confirm the data that we've seen inside this window. And if everything looks good, Tap the Confirm button below. Then let's Intel. I will secure the wallet code. After a few seconds, we will get the notification inside the step in IP Section complete. Then we can login to our dashboard on our computer, for example, and refresh the page until we see the USDA sequence inside our bindings account. I will tap the transaction needs to be option at the bottom left side of the site to check for my transaction though. Okay, Now see it in the table below. I can also see my USD sequence inside the binding step. That's it. We have achieved the goal for this lesson, which is two, we draw our earnings from step in to. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 76. Stepn Snicker Repeair (Shoe Repair Tutorial): Hi there. In this lesson I want to show you how to prepare your step ensure, in order to maximize your earnings with the step in app. Okay, so it is important to know that every step ensure as a resilience attribute. The resilience attribute effects the decay rate of the shoe and thus the amount of GST coins that we will earn by walking, jogging, or running while using the app. Like with regular physical shoe. The more we digitally where the step ensure the mole repels it will need. In step one, we will want to do two important things. If we want to maximize our profits, we want to increase our shoe or resilience. So we will ever show, would slow alpha k. We do it by leveling up, I will show and then by adding points to our resilience to attribute. And we will also want to repel shoe so we can add more GSD form our efforts. Now we're pulling our shoe will cost us a certain amount of GSD coins and the eye our sneakers level is the higher the repair costs will be. Now for my experience and in the time of making this lesson, you'll earnings will not be affected a lot. Form not rebelling your shoe, saying this, eventually, I always repair my show. So maybe my earnings will be affected drastically if I repair my shoe very regularly, it or not at all. I have decided to repair my shoe right before leveling up because again, as I said previously, the IRR will Shu level is the iron daily pill cost will be. Now to check if your shoe needs to be repelled. Open the stepping up, and look at the seminar boat until your shoe image. If the percentage inside the stemming about is lower than 100%, then you'll show needs to be repelled. My shoe stamina is currently at 82%, so it doesn't need to be repelled. Okay, So now let me show you how to appeal your shoe. Inside the step in APA, we will want to tap on the image of our shoe at the top of the app. Then tap the repair icon at the bottom of the lip. If you'll shoot, doesn't need to be repelled. You will now get the message that there is nothing to repeal. But if you'll show doesn't need to be appealing, you will see an appeal window opened in the middle of the screen. Inside the window, you'd want to tap the circle inside the slider, old and then move the circle without listening to the right. The more you move the circle to the right, the more repairs you will do to your shoe. And thus the mode GSD you will need to pay. I always move the circle all the way to the right to get my shoe fully repealed. I am now at level five and fully pair currently costs 6.48 GSD. So after you move the circuit to the point you want it to be, just release your old form the scream, then to appeal. Sure. All you need to do is to tap the Confirm button at the bottom of the window. That's it, my shoe now as 100% durability. And I can confirm that by tapping the big button at the upper left side of the app by looking again at depth, stemming about under my shoe image. As you can see, the ball is now completely Glynn at 100%. So my shoe has been completely rebuild and now it can blink the most optimal earnings. Okay, so that's it for this lesson and we'll see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 78. How to Mint Sneakers in the STEPN App: Hi everyone. In this lesson, I want to show you exactly how we can meet Snickers inside the stepping up. But before we go over the technical aspect of the actual main thing process, which is relatively easy and straightforward. I want to first explain what main thing is in stepping. So if you watched the previous lessons in this course about the play to end game X infinity, then you are already familiar with our breathing system walks in a crypto game. Breathing is basically the process of combining two digital assets together in order to create a brand new digital asset. Like parents producing babies in both x infinity and step in this digital assets or LFTs in X infinity, the NFT is our digital creatures which resemble an excellent a Pokemon curvature. And in stepping, the NFT is a shoe. Now, at the time of making this lesson, the main advantage that IC to minting issue other than buying one straight from the step and shoes marketplace is that by minting a shoe, there is a chance that we may get to shoes instead of one. Now, another important thing to know is that because tab and choose our LFTs, meaning unique digital items, each parent is different attributes, and thus, not all baby shoes will have the same attributes after main thing, it is like in real life, one person spellings, genetics are different. Another person's parents genetics. And thus, not all babies look and operate in the same way. When we mean choose inside the stepping up, we take two sneakers and use the regular boots as a blueprint for creating a new sneaker. Now, main thing in stepping cost money. And because the pie is for main thing changes from time to time, any place that I will provide deal will be outdated extremely fast. So I suggest that if you want to meet your step and shoes, that you will check the colon pi is for minting inside the stepping up meetings section. By doing that, you will know for sure that you are getting and accurate, meaning pies. Currently them in the past will depend on the shoes, reality and how many times the shoes have already been minted. I am referring to the parents choose. Let me now show you where the main section is inside the stepping up. Okay, So after we have activated the stepping up, the next thing we would want to do is to tap on the shoe that we want to mean. This will be one of the parents. The show that I currently see on my main screen is not the shoe that I want to mean. So I will tap either the right or left arrow next to the shoes, the image to go for all my shoes until I find the shoe that I do want to meet. And once I find it, I'll tap on it to access it. Next I will tap the arch shape mint icon at the bottom of the ship. Then we will see a mean thing machine at the top of the app and two platforms to put shoes on, on top of the machine sitting next to each other. And one of those two platforms will show the shoe that we just tap done. Okay, we have one shoe on the breathing machine and now we need another shoe. So I will tap the plus icon inside the platform which doesn't have a shoe on it. Then tap the image of another show that I have. And they want to mean the list of shoes is under the matching shoes caption. Then I will review the attributes of the show below it. And if it is indeed the shoe that I want to use for minting, I will simply tap the Confirm button below the box to place the show on the main thing device. Okay. Once we have the two parents ready on the vending machine, we can review the price of main thing under the main thing machine. In my case, the pies four main thing is 240 GST coins plus 60 GMT coins. Those ****** will change due to different factors. Now because I wanted to create this lesson, I intentionally didn't put enough coins in my step and spending account. So I can now show you how I add some coins to my account. I will need 240 GST coins plus 60 GMT coins. Okay, so I will tap the left arrow at the upper left side of the app to go back to the main shoe page. Then I will tap the lines icon at the upper right-hand corner of the app to access my Spending Account tab. Then I will tap on the wallet tab, which is right next to it. I will just fill in the passcode. The thread button. We'll place the circle and see at the top of the currency converter. And the GMT token at the bottom of the currency converter will notice that there is a switch currency icon, which looks like two lines inside the circle at the center of the app. And we can use this icon to switch between the two currencies locations. If needed. I will enter the amount of salt that I want to convert at the top of the app and then tap any whitespace on the screen. So the change will take effect inside the GMT books. So 70, almost 70 GMT cost around to solve. And 60 GMT is what I need for my specific meaning. So that's okay. I will now tap the trade button at the bottom of the screen. Then tap confirmed inside the Solana is congested pop-up window, this congested notification might not appear on your screen. Then if the conversion type and the bound on the pop-up window look okay, then just tap the Confirm button to continue. We now see the confirming button at the bottom of the screen. And this means that we need to wait a bit for the trading to finish. Okay, so let's wait for it to finish. Great, It is finished. And we now see a small notification on the page. Completed. Next, we will want to transfer the 60 GMT coins form our water the count to our spending account. And to do that, we will want to tap on the transfer icon, which we will find next to the trade icon. And then we will want to tap on the two spending icon, which can be found right next to the receive icon. Now, we will want to tap on the solo option inside the drop-down list under the asset caption. Select the GMT option instead and then either manually enter the amount that we want to send to our spending account under the amount caption or just step the max caption inside the line under the amount caption to transfer the entire amount of GMT that we have in our wallet. The important thing to keep in mind here is that we need to have some Solana soul coins inside our Wallet account in order to pay for the transfer transaction fees. It is almost nothing, but it is good to keep in mind because if our wallet doesn't have any soul coins in it, then we will not be able to make the transfer grades. So I will now tap the confirmed transfer button at the bottom of the page to start the transferring process. And we will now have this confirmed plans fail pop-up window, which we will want to review so we can make sure that we are in fact converting the right currencies, that we are okay with the amount and the transaction fee. And if we do see that everything looks good, then we now just need to tap the Confirm button at the bottom of the confirmed transfer pop-up window to continue. I now get again the Solana congested popup window and I will tap the Confirm button to continue to take a few seconds to load. And then we will be directed back to the wallet page. Well, we will see a message on the screen that says transaction submitted, and it will take a few seconds, a few minutes to finish. Now we can tap the spending tab at the top of the page and simply refresh the page a few times until we see the GMT coins in the GMT coins books. Again, this can take a few minutes, but I will just refresh the page every second until I will see the GMT coins inside the box. I see that it takes time. So in the meantime, I will convert some soul coins to GSD coins because I need the GST as well to do the main thing. So I will now go through the trading process silently and then continue talking once both GST and GMT or inside my spending account. Okay. I will continue talking in a few seconds. Okay, So the 60 GMT coins are already in my spending account. Let's now again refresh the page until we see the GST coins. There as well. Just as a refresher. To refresh the page, we just need to tap on the screen or move our finger down the screen while holding the screen and then release. I will do it again. I will tap the screen or move my finger down and release. Okay, So I see that there is some kind of delay with transferring the GST coins. So what I usually do if this happens, is to simply try to transfer the GST coins again. So I will do it now and talk to you again in a few seconds. Okay, time to refresh the screen again. It does take time, but eventually from my experience, at least the coins always appeal eventually, Here they are. Great. So now I have both GST and GMT coins in my account. And now I'm ready for the minting process. So I will now tap the back arrow at the upper left side of the page. Tap on the show that I want to mean. We can tap the mint button at the bottom of the page to start. The main thing poses. Now as you can see, we will initially get the shoe box rather than a shoe. And we can either store this shoe box inside the app. I'll open it right away to reveal the shoe inside. We can tap the open Now button below the shoebox image. But I want to store the shoebox just so I can show you how to do that in a few seconds. I will also open it. So I will tap the click to collect button, which is under the Open Now button. And now we will go back to the main app screen and tap on the shoe icon at the bottom of the app. This will bring us to the sneaker step where we can see all our shoes. But we want to see our shoe boxes now. So we will now tap the shoe boxes tab, which is right next to the sneaker step. Great, So we should now see our shoebox. Let's step on it. Okay, so we have this pop-up window that shows the shoebox and the two shoes that produced it, aka the shoes parents. And now we can open the shoebox if we want and see which shall we got. We will do that by tapping the Open button at the bottom of the app. Then we will need to tap the Confirm button inside the confirm window to confirm that we do indeed want to open the shoebox. Great. So here is our new show, the new baby shoe. And we can see its attributes under the shoe image. And under the attributes, we have an X icon that we want to now tap on to close this window. And now we no longer see the shoe box inside the shoebox page because we already open it. If we will now tap the sneaker step, we will see our new shoe deal with the new label on it. And we can tap our baby shoe to access its attributes like we do with any other shoe. Now, before we end this lesson, I just wanted to add that we can mean any shoe up to seven times. And each time the main thing cost will be IL. And also keep in mind that currently we need to wait 48 hours before we can meet the parents and the child again, this wait period is called cooled down. Just to remind you, both the parents and the child choose must all be at level five in order to be used for minting. Okay, so that's it for this lesson, and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye. 79. How To Buy A Binance Smart Chain (BSC) Snicker For The Stepn App: Hi everyone. In this lesson I want to show you how to buy a binding sneaker. This is a digital NFT sneakier that can be used in the stepping app. And if you've gone for my training so far, you'll notice that the steps to purchase the bonus sneaker are extremely similar to the steps that we took for acquiring a sonar to snuggle the major difference. And it is a technical difference, is that when we buy a Biden sneaker versus a stone and a sneaker, we buy the sneaker for a different blockchain. And other major difference is with the Snicker buys and how much we can learn from it. At the time of making this lesson, the lowest price for a Solana stickier is around $600 on average. And the price of a bind and sneaker is around $6,000.10 times more. Currently, we pay much more to purchase a Biden sneaker. But we also Elmo, again, at the time of making this lesson, we're in around two GST with our Solana sneaker and 14 GST with our bindings sneakier. So seven times more. I know that sounds a lot. And just imagine that at one time, one GST on the bindings side was more than $45.45, $0.31 to be exact, the lowest it was so far, $9.06. Now, it is also important to know that bind and sneakers are also called BSE sneakers. Bse is short for bindings, smell chain because they are used on the bindings smell chain. Or in other words, BSC. Personally speaking, I am going to keep my Solana shoes. But as you will see in this lesson, I will also buy a binding issue. The reason for that is because I am willing to invest more money into step and now in order to earn more money now and also maybe in the future. Furthermore, currently both your GST cap and your daily energy that you got on the Solana side of the app, be shared on the finance side of the hip. And shared is a key. We all deal. The GST cap and the daily energy will not be divided but shared between the two sides of the app. I will clarify it some more just to make sure that we both understand how amazing this is. If you have 29 solar and shoes on the solar side of the app and one bindings shoe on the finance side of the app. It is like you now have felt issues fairly shoes on the Solana side and 30 shows on the binding side saying this, this doesn't mean that you now have 60 shoes that you can sell. But it does mean that you can use a fancy shoes GST cap on either side. And you can also spend 20 energy which you get for having 30 shoes on each side. Also, mystery boxes, those will be shared as well. So if you've got four mystery boxes, those mystery boxes will be shown on both the Solana side and the binding side. And thus you will not be able to add more mystery boxes on either side until you first slot by opening one of the mystery boxes. Now it is important to keep in mind that we can't transfer GST coins from one side of the app to the other. I initially thought that our main Shu level on the Solana side of the app will override our main Shu level on the finance side of the app. But for now at least this is not the case. Meaning if your main jogging shoes is at level 24, for example, on the Solana side of the app, for example. And your main yoga sneaker is at level five on the finance side of the app. Then if you're jogging on the balance side of the app, then you will be jogging with a level five sneakier and not with your Solana level 24 sneaker, meaning you're 24 levels, Solana sneaker will not override your balance. Level fives nickel. Speaking of levels, we can only level up one snicker at a time. So if we level up our Solana sneakier than doing the leveling up phase, we can't also level up our binding sneaker. This is actually what I like about stepping up, that the app always challenges me to rethink my strategy. Should I invest more time and money on the Solana side or the binding side of the app, should I level up my Solana, show all my balanced shoes. Also, it is important to keep in mind that gas phase, meaning the transaction fees on the binding side, extremely low, maybe we will not get the same fees that we get on the Solana side. But again, the fields right now are almost nothing. Okay. So again, currently there are two sides, as I mentioned, to the stepping up the Sudan, a blockchain side and the bindings blockchain side of the hip. Those are not official names, but I feel that those names will help us understand the better. I apologize in advance because I will be repeating the terms, the stone on a blockchain side and the venous side of the app for this lesson. So I hope I will not sound too annoying for repeating the same terms over and over again. Okay, so I'm now on the Solana side of the app. You see what I mean? And we can confirm that we are in fact on the Solana side by the free lines icon that we see at the upper right-hand corner of the screen. Now, because the goal of this lesson is to buy a binding sneakier, we will now want to switch to the finance side of the app. To do that, we would want to tap and hold the free lines icon that I mentioned previously at the upper right-hand corner of the page. I noticed that other places on the map, well, we can switch between the Solana side. So these lines icon is not the only way to do that. So we would want to keep our finger pressed on the screen for a few seconds until we see a multi-channel switch window at the bottom of the app. So again, we are now on the solar side of the app and we will now want to tap the BnB smell chain, BP 20 option to switch to the binary. Great, So we are now on the binding site of the app and we can tell that we are because firstly, we don't see our show image inside the box at the top of the app yet we do see the bindings logo icon at the upper right-hand corner of the app. So for me, at least this main page on the bindings side of the app looks extremely similar to how the Solana side looked like when I first installed the app. Mainly because there isn't any snicker at the top. So let's fix that by actually purchasing a new sneaker. Okay, so you can now either tap on the plus icon inside the show image placeholder, or tap the shopping cart icon at the bottom right side of the app. In both cases, we will reach the same place, which is the shoes marketplace. This time, the bindings shows marketplace and not the Solana shows marketplace because we are on the binding site of the app. You will notice that the shoes on the venous side have been minted many times. At least the shoes that I've seen on the balance shows marketplace so far. I rarely mean choose, but if you want to meet your shoes, then you will want to take The number of means into account. So on the Balance shoes marketplace, we can just pick a shoe that we want to buy in a similar way to the way we purchased the shoe on this Solana shoes marketplace. Great. So we have completed step one, which is to decide on a balance sheet that we want to buy. And our next goal is to create a new wallet for our projections on the binding site of the app. Okay, so let's now tap the yellow binding cycle at the upper right-hand corner of the app. It is in the same place where the feline Saigon was on the Solana side of the hip. And then we will see this BSC wallet pop-up window. We will now tap the create new wallet button inside the pop-up window. Simply go through the steps of creating a digital wallet. This will be a digital wallet that we will use inside the stepping up on the finance side of the app. And it will be a completely separate wallet form the wall and that we have on the Solana side of the hip. If you do have a wallet on the solar side of the app, of course, if you're not sure how to create a digital wallet, just watched the lesson in this course in which I show you how to create the Solana wallet, the steps are similar. Okay, so we'll create a new wallet and talk to you shortly. So we've created a digital wallet on the bindings side of the app, and thus we should now be on the wallet tab. Okay, So we have finished the second goal which was to create a digital wallet on the bindings side of the app. And our next goal is to deposit some balance coins in order to buy abundance snicker, we will now want to purchase B&B coins over at bindings.com and then transfer those bindings coins to step in exactly as we did in a previous lesson when we purchased soul coins over at bindings and transfer them to step in. So I will purchase some guidance coins now and talk to you again after I finished transferring the bindings coins into my step and wallet on the finance side of the app. Great. So the BnB coins, meaning the bindings coins are inside my step in wallet on the bindings side of the app. And we will now want to move to the next goal, which is to transfer those coins from the wallet section to the spending section. And again, the steps are similar to the steps on the Solana site grid. So we are now at the last goal for this lesson, which is to purchase bindings, shoes form the balance shows marketplace. Again, we do it in the same way as we did it when we bought the shoe on the Solana side of the app. And that's it. We now have a brand new binaries, shu. Okay, so that's it for this lesson and I will see you in the next lesson. Goodbye.